Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents
Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 1, 2014January 30, 2016
or
oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                    to                                   
Commission File Number: 1-4365
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309
 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
 (404) 659-2424
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1 par value New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. oý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer xý
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý
As of August 2, 2013,July 31, 2015, which is the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $977,314,160.$1,352,175,805. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant's voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to August 2, 2013)July 31, 2015) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Title of Each Class 
Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 21, 201415, 2016
Common Stock, $1 par value 16,416,24016,601,249
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of our proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc. to be held on June 18, 201415, 2016 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents
  Page
 


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Our SEC filings and public announcements may include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all forward-looking statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). ImportantSuch statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to these forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regardingincluding, without limitation, the impact of economic conditions on consumer demand and spending, particularly in light of general economic uncertainty that continues to prevail, demand for our products, competitive conditions, timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, competitive conditions, retention of and disciplined execution by key management, the timing and cost of store openings and of planned capital expenditures, weather, costs of products as well as the raw materials used in those products, costs of labor, acquisition and disposition activities, expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions, access to capital and/or credit markets and the impact of foreign lossesoperations on our consolidated effective tax rate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC. We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
DEFINITIONS
As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, "our," "us" or "we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses; "SEC" means U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; "FASB" means Financial Accounting Standards Board; "ASC" means the FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. States; and "Discontinued operations" means the assets and operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in July 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses or other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group.
Additionally, the terms listed below reflect the respective period noted:
Fiscal 201753 weeks ending February 3, 2018
Fiscal 201652 weeks ending January 28, 2017
Fiscal 201552 weeks ended January 30, 2016
Fiscal 201452 weeks endingended January 31, 2015
Fiscal 201352 weeks ended February 1, 2014
Fiscal 201253 weeks ended February 2, 2013
Fiscal 201152 weeks ended January 28, 2012
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2010201552 weeks ended January 29, 2011
Fiscal 20095213 weeks ended January 30, 20102016
Third quarter Fiscal 201513 weeks ended October 31, 2015
Second quarter Fiscal 201513 weeks ended August 1, 2015
First quarter Fiscal 201513 weeks ended May 2, 2015
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2013201413 weeks ended February 1, 2014January 31, 2015
Third quarter Fiscal 2013201413 weeks ended November 2, 20131, 2014
Second quarter Fiscal 2013201413 weeks ended August 3, 20132, 2014
First quarter Fiscal 2013201413 weeks ended May 4, 2013
Fourth quarter Fiscal 201214 weeks ended February 2, 2013
Third quarter Fiscal 201213 weeks ended October 27, 2012
Second quarter Fiscal 201213 weeks ended July 28, 2012
First quarter Fiscal 201213 weeks ended April 28, 20123, 2014


3

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.    Business
BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS
Overview
We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-ownedowned Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®. We distribute our company-owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of our retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. During Fiscal 2013, 89%2015, 91% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, and 59%66% of our net sales were sales of our products through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which includes our 181 owned retail stores, our e-commerce websites and our 14 Tommy Bahama restaurants.distribution. In Fiscal 2013,2015, more than 90%95% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the sales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama products in Canada and the Asia-Pacific region and Canada.region.
Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products domestically and internationally and, as suitable opportunities arise, we may acquire additionalconsider lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model. We consider "lifestyle" brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude, such as the Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman brands. Weattitude.  Furthermore, we believe that lifestyle branded productsbrands like Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, that create an emotional connection with consumers, can command greater loyalty, and higher price points at retail resultingand create licensing opportunities, which may result in higher earnings. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunities for direct to consumer operations as well as licensing opportunities in product categories beyond our core business.
Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers and to present to them the full line of our current season products. We believe that presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. We believe that our owned retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term sustainable growth for the brands. Additionally, our e-commerce websites for our lifestyle brands provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of our products. We anticipate further investments in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer to increase the number of retail stores of each of the brands and to further enhance each brand's e-commerce operations.
As of February 1, 2014, we operated 141 Tommy Bahama, 23 Lilly Pulitzer and 17 Ben Sherman retail locations, including outlet locations for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman. For Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, our outlet stores play an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties.
In addition to our direct to consumer operations, we distribute our owned and licensed branded products through several wholesale distribution channels, including better department stores, specialty stores, national chains, specialty catalogs, mass merchants, warehouse clubs and Internet retailers. Our wholesale operations complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers. We believe it is imperative that we maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by ensuring that the branded products are sold to wholesale customers that will preserve and enhance the image of our brands. Because our intent is that our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products in our owned full-price retail stores are typically sold at full price with limited sales or promotions, we target wholesale customers that typically follow this same approach in their stores. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of our products within their stores. Our 10 largest customers represented 22% of our consolidated net sales for Fiscal 2013, with no individual customer representing more than 10% of our consolidated net sales.
Within our Lanier Clothes operating group, we sell apparel products under certain brands that are licensed to us and certain private label apparel products, as well as products bearing brands that we own. During Fiscal 2013, on a consolidated basis, sales of products from licensed brands and private label products accounted for 7% and 4%, respectively, of our net sales.
We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors inattraction of a lifestyle brand to consumers is dependent on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the apparel

4

Table of Contents

industry arerespective lifestyle brand message and distributing the reputation, valueproduct to the consumer where and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that ourwhen they want it. 
Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.  Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.
In some instances, a retailerorder to further strengthen each lifestyle brand's connections with consumers, we communicate regularly with consumers via the use of electronic and print media.  We believe that our ability to effectively communicate with consumers and create an emotional connection is critical to the success of the brands.
We distribute our customer may competeowned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of our retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel. Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with us by offering certainour customers, present to them the full line of its own competingour current season products and provide an opportunity for consumers to be immersed in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in its owna setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. Our 123 Tommy Bahama and 34 Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term growth for the brands. In Tommy Bahama, we also operate 16 restaurants, generally adjacent to Tommy Bahama full-price retail store locations, which we believe further enhance the brand's image with consumers.
Additionally, our e-commerce websites, which represented 17% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2015, provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of products. Our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce flash clearance sales on our websites, as well as our 41 Tommy Bahama outlet stores, play an important role in overall brand and inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products in brand appropriate settings and at better prices than are typically available from third parties.
The wholesale operations of our lifestyle brands complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers. As we seek to maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websites, we generally target select wholesale customers that follow this same approach in their stores. Additionally,Our wholesale customers for our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands include better department stores and specialty stores.
Within our Lanier Apparel operating group, we sell tailored clothing and sportswear products under licensed brands, private label products and owned brands to department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, discount retailers, specialty retailers and others throughout the United States.
All of our operating groups operate in highly competitive apparel markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our direct

4



competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service.

The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel and retail industry than these conditions may have on other industries.

We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that have prevailed in recent years continue to impact each of our operating groups,business, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, the apparel retail environment remains very promotionalincreasingly more promotional.

Additionally, the apparel retail market is evolving as a result of shifting shopping patterns and economic uncertainty remains.technological advances, with e-commerce playing an increasingly important role and bricks and mortar retail stores playing a different role in consumers' journey to their ultimate purchase. The industry is also being impacted by the coming of age of the millenial generation whose values and approach to the marketplace are so different from past generations. We anticipatebelieve that sales of our products may continuelifestyle brands are ideally suited to be negatively impacted as long as there is an elevated level of economic uncertaintysucceed and thrive in geographies in which we operate. Additionally, we have been impacted in recent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, fuel, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products, which continued in Fiscal 2013.long-term while managing the various challenges facing our industry.
Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could impact our business include, but are not limited to, competition, economic factors and others as described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.
Investments and Opportunities

We believe that our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of ourbricks and mortar retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and increasesattempt to increase comparable retail store sales, and higher sales in same store andour e-commerce sales, with e-commerceoperations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable bricks and mortar retail store operations.sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We also believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Apparel in the future through new product programs for existing and new customers.

We believe that we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store and restaurant build-out and remodels, e-commerce initiatives, technology enhancements and distribution center and technology enhancements, as well asadministrative office expansion initiatives. Additionally, we anticipate increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to provide future net sales growth and support the ongoing business operations. We expect that the investments will continue to put downward pressure on our operating margins in the nearoperations and fuel future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.

We believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth in Lanier Clothes through new product programs, including pants; however, we also believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging, which may negatively impact net sales, operating income and operating margin. The Ben Sherman lifestyle brand has faced challenges in recent years with sales and operating results on a downward trajectory. During Fiscal 2013, we appointed a new CEO and strengthened the management team of the brand, refocused the business on its core consumer, reduced operating expenses and improved the operation of the Ben Sherman retail stores. Much work remains to generate satisfactory financial results in the long-term; however, we believe, as a result of these actions, that Ben Sherman has ample opportunities to increase sales and thereby generate significantly improved operating results in the future.growth.

We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and liquidity. We believe that our positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with amplesufficient resources to fund future investments in our owned lifestyle brands. In the future, we may add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio, if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria; however,While we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands.brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria.
Background
We believe that an attractive acquisition target would most likely be a lifestyle brand that has a strong emotional connection with its consumer and Transformation
Originally foundedhas a disciplined full-price distribution model consisting of wholesale customers who generally operate a full-price retail model and/or a direct to consumer distribution model via e-commerce or retail stores. Further, while both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer are primarily apparel brands, we could also be interested in 1942, we have undergone a significant transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic private label manufacturing roots. Over the years we transitioned first to an international apparel design and sourcing company and ultimately to a company with a focus on designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us. Significant milestones since 2003 include themore significant footprint in accessories, footwear or other product categories. The acquisition of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Shermana premier lifestyle brand is a meticulous process as such a brand is not available very often, and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in 2003, 2004we most likely would have stiff competition from both strategic and 2010, respectively, as well as the divestiture of certain of our private label and licensed brand operations, including our former Womenswear and Oxford Apparel operating groups in 2006 and 2010, respectively.equity firms.

5

Table of Contents

Operating Groups
Our business is primarily operatedoperates through four operating groups:our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman,Apparel operating groups, each of which is described below. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across theeach brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.


5



In Fiscal 2015, as a result of certain organizational and management reporting changes, our Oxford Golf operations, which were previously included in Corporate and Other, are considered part of and included in our Lanier Apparel operating group. For all periods presented, amounts for Lanier Apparel include the Oxford Golf operations, while amounts for Corporate and Other exclude those operations. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups.

The table below presents net sales and operating information about our operating groups (in thousands).
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Net Sales  
Tommy Bahama$584,941
$528,639
Lilly Pulitzer137,943
122,592
Lanier Clothes109,530
107,272
Ben Sherman67,218
81,922
Corporate and Other17,465
15,117
Total$917,097
$855,542
Operating Income (Loss)  
Tommy Bahama$72,207
$69,454
Lilly Pulitzer (1)25,951
20,267
Lanier Clothes10,828
10,840
Ben Sherman(13,131)(10,898)
Corporate and Other (2)(11,185)(20,692)
Total operating income$84,670
$68,971


 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014
Net Sales  
Tommy Bahama$658,467
$627,498
Lilly Pulitzer204,626
167,736
Lanier Apparel105,106
126,430
Corporate and Other1,091
(1,339)
Total$969,290
$920,325
Operating Income (Loss)  
Tommy Bahama$65,993
$71,132
Lilly Pulitzer42,525
32,190
Lanier Apparel7,700
10,043
Corporate and Other (1)(18,704)(20,546)
Total operating income$97,514
$92,819
(1)Lilly Pulitzer's operating results were negatively impacted in Fiscal 2012 by $6.3 million of charges attributable to a change in the fair value of contingent consideration associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition.

(2)The Fiscal 20122015 and Fiscal 2014 operating loss for Corporate and Other included $4.0$0.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively, of LIFO accounting charges, with no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013.charges.
The table below presents the total assets of each of our operating groups (in thousands).
February 1, 2014February 2, 2013January 30, 2016January 31, 2015
Assets  
Tommy Bahama$408,599
$359,462
$458,234
$420,083
Lilly Pulitzer101,704
90,873
115,419
104,352
Lanier Clothes39,989
28,455
Ben Sherman79,299
74,055
Lanier Apparel35,451
41,455
Corporate and Other(2,286)3,225
(26,414)(23,353)
Assets related to discontinued operations
79,870
Total$627,305
$556,070
$582,690
$622,407
Total assets for Corporate and Other include a LIFO reservereserves of $56.7$59.4 million and $56.4$58.6 million as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, respectively. For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 102 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both included in this report. For financial information by geographic areas, see Note 102 of our consolidated financial statements, included in this report.


6

Table of Contents

Tommy Bahama
Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our Tommy Bahama stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories. During Fiscal 2013, 96%2015, 95% of Tommy Bahama's sales were to customers within the United States, with 2% of Tommy Bahama's sales in Canada and the remaining sales being in Canada, Australia and Asia.
We believe that the attraction of the Tommy Bahama brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts over many years of maintaining appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel, accessories and licensed products, limiting

6



the distribution of Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the relaxed and casual Tommy Bahama lifestyle to consumers. We expect to continue to follow this approach for the brand in the future. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during Fiscal 2015, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $1.2 billion.
We believe there is ample opportunity to expand the reach of the Tommy Bahama brand, while at the same time maintaining the select distribution that Tommy Bahama has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Tommy Bahama brand.brand both domestically and internationally. These investments include amounts associated with capital expenditures and pre-opening expenses of new stores and restaurants as well asrestaurants; the remodeling of existing stores and restaurants; capital expenditures and ongoing expenses to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities; and capital expenditures related to facilities;distribution and capital expendituresother facilities.
We believe there are abundant opportunities for continued growth in the United States through direct to consumer expansion as well as developing a more significant women's business in the long-term. During Fiscal 2015, Tommy Bahama's women's business represented 29% of Tommy Bahama's full-price direct to consumer sales but a much lower percentage of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales. In recent years we began expansion of the Tommy Bahama brand into international markets. These efforts have included the acquisition of the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business from our former licensees in Australia in Fiscal 2012 and Canada in Fiscal 2013. The operations of these licensees in each of these countries had developed a certain level of brand awareness, but we determined that after considering the potential direct to consumer and wholesale growth opportunities in those countries, it was appropriate for us to re-acquire the rights to the operations.
We also commenced operations in Asia by opening retail store locations in Asia beginning in Fiscal 2012. The operations in Asia thus far have generated operating expenseslosses as we developed a significant Hong Kong-based team and infrastructure to support a larger Asia retail operation. The roll-out of retail stores in Asia has been at a modest pace as we have attempted to focus on improving store operations in Asia prior to engaging in a significant roll-out of additional stores. As a lifestyle brand which desires to remain primarily a full-price brand, we continue to believe it is appropriate that in certain key markets we initially set the tone for the brand rather than engaging a partner. However, in the future, we may engage a local partner to accelerate growth in markets that we have not yet entered, as well as in markets that we are currently operating.
Our near term focus in the Asia-Pacific region remains on our direct to consumer operations in Australia and Japan while at the same time further reducing our infrastructure costs in Hong Kong to better align with our current Asia retail operations. During Fiscal 2015, at the expiration of the respective leases, we closed our retail store in Macau and outlet store in Hong Kong, and we also plan on closing our store in Singapore in Fiscal 2016. These closures will result in our Asia-Pacific retail operations primarily consisting of stores in Australia and Japan. By focusing on Australia and Japan and increasing the store count in those locations, as appropriate, we believe we can do a better job of increasing brand awareness and sales by focusing our marketing spend in a location where the consumer has a variety of options for purchasing Tommy Bahama product, including our own retail stores, our wholesale customers' stores and, in the case of Japan, an in-country Tommy Bahama website. While we believe there are significant long-term opportunities for our Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region, we believe that the operating losses associated with our ongoing expansion into the Asia-Pacific region. We expect that the investmentsthese operations will continue to put downward pressure on our operating marginsmargin in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.
We believe that the attraction of the Tommy Bahama brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts to ensure that we maintain appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel and licensed products, while also limiting the distribution of Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers. We will continue to work diligently to maintain these critical qualities of the brand. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during Fiscal 2013, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceed $1.0 billion.
Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
Tommy Bahama products are designed by product specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.
We operate a buying office located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of substantially allthe substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. During Fiscal 2013,2015, we utilized approximately 210more than 250 suppliers which are primarily located in China, to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products. In Fiscal 2013, 81%2015, 77% of Tommy Bahama's product purchases were from manufacturers in China. The largest 10 suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided 49%48% of the products acquired during Fiscal 2013.2015, with no individual supplier providing greater than 10%.
We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Tommy Bahama brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. While the advertising for Tommy Bahama promotes our products, the primary emphasis is on brand image and brand lifestyle. We intend that Tommy Bahama's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Tommy Bahama brand includes email, Internet and social media advertising and traditional media such as catalogs, print and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. As a lifestyle brand, we believe that it is very important that Tommy Bahama

7



communicate regularly with consumers via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen Tommy Bahama's connections with its consumers.
We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our products including promotional gift cards and "flip-side" events intended to drive traffic to our stores and websites. We believe our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
We operate a Tommy Bahama distribution center in Auburn, Washington.Washington, which serves our North American direct to consumer and wholesale operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our Tommy Bahama stores, our wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support our North American direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our North American wholesale customers. We utilizeuse local third party distribution centers for our Asian and AustralianAsia-Pacific operations.
Direct to Consumer Operations
A key component of our Tommy Bahama growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website,websites, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which the products are based. Our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer channels, which consist of retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, in the aggregate, represented 74%76% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2013.2015. We expect the percentage of our Tommy Bahama sales which are direct to consumer sales will increase slightly in future years as we anticipate that the direct to consumer distribution channel will continue to grow at a faster pace than the wholesale distribution channel. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant net sales accounted for 51%50%, 13%15% and 10%11%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2013. During Fiscal 2013, 65% and 29% of our full-price retail store sales were sales of Tommy Bahama men's product and women's product, respectively, including apparel and accessories, with the remainder of the full-price retail store sales being home products and other accessories.
For Tommy Bahama's full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations operating for the full Fiscal 2013 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $680 during the 52-week Fiscal 2013, compared to $705 for stores operating for the entire 53-week Fiscal 2012 year. This per square foot sales information excludes the sales and square feet of our outlet stores, which in Fiscal 2013 generated approximately $390 per square foot for

7

Table of Contents

outlets open for the entire 2013 fiscal year. For relocated stores for which the square feet changed during the year, if any, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store.2015.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand includes locating and operating full-price retail stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand appropriate street locations. Generally, we seek mallsshopping areas and shopping areasmalls with high-profile or luxuryupscale consumer brands for our full-price retail stores. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, approximately 40% of our full-price Tommy Bahama retail locations arewere in regional malls, with the remainder primarily being stores in street-front locations or lifestyle centers. Our full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a full line of current season merchandise, including apparel, home products and accessories, all presented in an aspirational, island-inspired atmosphere designed to be relaxed, comfortable and unique. We believe that the Tommy Bahama retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers. Further, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited in-store promotional activities are good for the Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.
Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores, which generated 10% of our total Tommy Bahama net sales in Fiscal 2013,2015, are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. We believe that this approach helps us protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity and controlling the distribution of discontinued and out-of-season product. To supplement the clearance items sold in Tommy Bahama outlets, approximately 20% of the product sold in our Tommy Bahama outlets was made specifically for our outlets. At this time and based on our anticipated proportion of clearance versus made-for items in our outlet stores, we anticipate that we would generally operate one outlet for approximately every three full-price stores.
For Tommy Bahama's domestic full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations operating for the full Fiscal 2015 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $655 during Fiscal 2015, compared to $680 for stores operating for the full Fiscal 2014 year. The decrease in sales per square foot was primarily due to Fiscal 2014 store openings having a lower sales per square foot than the overall average and unfavorable domestic comparable store sales for stores opened prior to Fiscal 2014. For international full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations located in Canada, Australia and Asia operating for the full Fiscal 2015 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding

8



restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $410 during Fiscal 2015. In Fiscal 2015, our domestic outlet stores and international outlet stores generated approximately $380 and $255 of sales per square foot, respectively, for outlets open for the entire 2015 fiscal year.
As of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 we operated 1416 restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location, which together we often refer to as islands. These restaurant-retail locations provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that many of our retail locations will have an adjacent restaurant; however, in select high-profile, brand appropriate locations, such as Naples and Jupiter, Florida, Waikiki, Hawaii, and New York City, we have determined that an adjacent restaurant can further enhance the image of the brand. Generally,The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores which are adjacent to a restaurant outpaceare on average two times the net sales per square foot of our typicaldomestic full-price retail store, as westores not adjacent to a restaurant. We believe that the experience of a meal or drink in a Tommy Bahama restaurant experience may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise.merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience that further enhances the relationship between Tommy Bahama and the consumer.
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, the total square feet of space utilized for our Tommy Bahama full-price retail store and outlet store operations was 0.50.6 million with another 0.1 million of total square feet utilized in our Tommy Bahama restaurant operations. The table below provides certain information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores operated by us as of February 1, 2014.

8


January 30, 2016.
 
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet Stores
Restaurant-Retail
Locations
Total
Florida17
3
4
24
California14
4
3
21
Texas5
4
1
10
Hawaii4
1
2
7
Nevada3
1
1
5
Arizona2
1
1
4
Illinois4


4
Maryland2
2

4
New York1
2
1
4
Virginia2
2

4
Other states22
11

33
Total domestic76
31
13
120
Canada6
3

9
Australia5
1

6
Other international4
1
1
6
Total91
36
14
141
Average square feet per store(1)3,400
4,700
11,400
 
Total square feet at year end310,000
170,000
160,000
 


 Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet StoresRestaurant-Retail
Locations
Total
Florida19
4
5
28
California16
5
3
24
Texas6
4
1
11
Hawaii4
1
3
8
Nevada4
1
1
6
Maryland3
2

5
New York2
2
1
5
Other states37
16
1
54
Total domestic91
35
15
141
Canada6
3

9
Total North America97
38
15
150
Australia7
2

9
Japan1
1
1
3
Other international2


2
Total107
41
16
164
Average square feet per store (1)3,400
4,500
4,300
 
Total square feet at year end365,000
185,000
70,000
 
(1)Average square feet for restaurant-retail locations includeconsists of average retail space and excludes space used in the associated restaurant space of 4,200 and 7,200 square feet, respectively.operations.
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama stores during Fiscal 2013.
2015.
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet StoresRestaurant-Retail
Locations
TotalFull-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet StoresRestaurant-Retail
Locations
Total
Open as of beginning of fiscal year75
24
14
113
101
41
15
157
Opened during fiscal year11
9
1
21
9
1
1
11
Licensee stores acquired during fiscal year6
3

9
Closed during fiscal year(1)
(1)(2)(3)(1)
(4)
Open as of end of fiscal year91
36
14
141
107
41
16
164
During Fiscal 2013, the average total gross square feet, calculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of full-price retail space, including the retail portion of our Tommy Bahama restaurant-retail locations, used in our domestic and international retail operations for Tommy Bahama was approximately 355,000 square feet, while the average total gross square feet of space used in our domestic and international Tommy Bahama outlet operations was approximately 150,000 square feet. In Fiscal 2014,future years, we currently expect to open 11 domestic retail locations in total. The majority of these locations are full-price stores and one is a restaurant-retail location in Jupiter, Florida. We currently anticipate opening eightapproximately seven to 10 domestic retail locations per year, beyond Fiscal 2014. Additionally,however, recently we expect to open one or two international stores in Fiscal 2014. Although the specific locations and timing of all of our domestic and international store openings have not been finalized, we anticipate opening full-price retail locations in Sarasota, Florida and La Jolla, California, among other cities, in Fiscal 2014.
opened more than this stated pace. The operation of full-price retail stores, outlet stores and restaurant-retail locations requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We

9



estimate that we will spend approximately $1.2 million and $0.5$1.0 million on average in connection with the build-out of a domestic full-price retail store and domestic outlet store, respectively.store. However, individual locations, particularly those in urban locations, may require investments greater than these amounts depending on a variety of factors, including the location and size of the store. The cost of a restaurant-retail location is significantly more than the cost of a retail store and can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost of our restaurant-retail locations has been approximately $5 million; however, we have spent significantly more than that amount for certain

9

Table of Contents

locations. For the Jupiter, Florida location which we expect to open in late Fiscal 2014, we anticipate a cost of less than $5 million; however, we anticipate that the cost of the Waikiki restaurant-retail location expected to open in Fiscal 2015 will be approximately $10 million. Also, the international retail store locations, including New York City and outlet store locations that we open in the future may be more expensive than our domestic retail stores depending on the location and size of the store as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and other factors.Waikiki. For most of our stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.
In additionWe also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to ourrelocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store openings,relocations is generally comparable to the costs of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store. Additionally, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to periodic remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We also incur capital expenditures whenWhen a lease expires and we determine it is appropriatemay decide to relocate aclose the store rather than relocating the store to a newanother location inor renewing the same vicinity as the previous store.lease. As we reach the expirations of more of our lease agreements in the near future, we anticipate that the capital expenditures for relocations and remodels, and relocations willin the aggregate, may increase in future periods. The cost of store relocations is generally comparable to the costs of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store.
In addition to our full-price retail stores and outlet stores, and restaurant-retail operations, our direct to consumer approach includes various e-commerce websites, including the tommybahama.com website and the tommybahama.jp website, which launched in February 2015. During Fiscal 2015, e-commerce sales represented 13%15% of Tommy Bahama's net sales during Fiscal 2013. The website allowssales. Our Tommy Bahama websites allow consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the Internet. This website hasThese websites also enabledenable us to significantly increase our database of customerconsumer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. As we reach more customers in the future, we anticipate that our e-commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our domestic retail store operations or wholesale operations. Also, we expect to continue to have a select number of e-commerce flash clearance sales, which represented 9% of Tommy Bahama e-commerce sales in Fiscal 2015, using our outlettommybahama.com website as a means of complementing our outlets in liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, in a brand appropriate manner.
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at specialty stores or department stores, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Tommy Bahama throughBahama. Tommy Bahama's wholesale customers consist of sales to better department stores and specialty stores. Although we do not expectstores that the Tommy Bahama wholesale business will grow at the same pace as the direct to consumer distribution channel, wegenerally follow a full-price retail model approach with limited discounting. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Tommy Bahama brand within their stores.
Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 26% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2013. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Tommy Bahama products are sold.
As a result of this approach to limiting our wholesale customers, we believe that sales growth in our men's apparel wholesale business, which represented approximately 86% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2015, may be somewhat limited domestically. However, we believe that we have significant opportunities for wholesale sales increases for our Tommy Bahama women's business, which represented approximately 14% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2015. Overall, we expect that the Tommy Bahama wholesale business will grow at a slower rate than the direct to consumer distribution channel.
Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 24% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2015. Approximately two-thirds of of Tommy Bahama's wholesale business reflects sales to major department stores with the remaining wholesale sales primarily being sales to specialty stores. Tommy Bahama products are available in more than 2,000 retail locations. During Fiscal 2013, 16%2015, 15% of Tommy Bahama's net sales were to Tommy Bahama's five largest wholesale customers, with no individualits largest customer representing greater than 10%6% of Tommy Bahama's net sales. Almost half of Tommy Bahama's wholesale business reflects sales to its two largest customers, Macy's and Nordstrom's, with the remaining wholesale sales being sales to other department and specialty stores. Tommy Bahama products are available in more than 2,000 retail locations.
We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including New York and Seattle, as well as other locations, to facilitate sales to our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations utilize a sales force primarilypredominantly consisting of independent commissioned sales representatives.
Licensing Operations
We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brand. For an established lifestyle brand, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.

10



Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, and in limited cases include contingent renewal options. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as additional royalty payments and, in some cases, advertising payments and/or obligations to expend certain funds towards marketing the brand on an approved basis based oncalculated as specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:

10


Men's and women's watchesheadwearCeiling fansIndoor furniture
Men's and women's eyewearsocksRugsOutdoor furniture and related products
Men's belts and socksMattressesFabricsBedding and bath linens
Men's and women's headwearSleepwearLeatherBelts, leather goods and giftsTable top accessories
SleepwearLuggageCandles
Shampoo, soap and bath amenitiesLuggageSuncare products
FragrancesTumblers
In addition to our licenses for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain international licensedistributor agreements which allow those licenseesparties to distribute certain Tommy Bahama brandedapparel and other products on a wholesale and/or retail basis within certain countries or regions. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we have one such agreement for the United Arab Emirates.Middle East. Substantially all of the products sold by the licenseedistributor are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, the licenseedistributor operates threeits own retail stores.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Tommy Bahama's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Tommy Bahama by quarter for Fiscal 2013:2015:
First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth QuarterFirst QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales26%26%19%29%26%25%19 %30%
Operating income30%33%1%36%
Operating income (loss)31%31%(10)%48%
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 20132015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. For example, in Fiscal 2015, Tommy Bahama's operating results in the third quarter were negatively impacted by increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington as well as substantial pre-opening rent and set-up costs associated with the Waikiki restaurant-retail location which opened in late October 2015.
The timing of Tommy Bahama's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales at our own stores and e-commerce site, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2013,2015, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales within any particular quarter in future periods:
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
Full price retail stores and outlets46%53%50%52%51%
Full-price retail stores and outlets47%55%48%51%50%
E-commerce11%14%8%17%13%12%17%11%19%15%
Restaurant12%10%11%9%10%12%10%11%9%11%
Wholesale31%23%31%22%26%29%18%30%21%24%
Total100%100%100%100%100%100%100%100%100%100%
Lilly Pulitzer

11



Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources, markets and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. The Lilly Pulitzer brand was originally created in the late 1950's by Lilly Pulitzer and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores, which are described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and independent specialty stores. During Fiscal 2013, 41%2015, 45% and 37% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were for women's sportswear and dresses, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of Lilly Pulitzer accessories, including scarves, bags, jewelry and bags;belts; children's apparel; footwear; and licensed products. Sportswear represented a greater proportion of Lilly Pulitzer sales in Fiscal 2013 than Fiscal 2012 as the breadth of our sportswear offerings has expanded and

11

Table of Contents

the growth of sales in sportswear has outpaced sales growth for dresses. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.
We acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand on December 21, 2010 and anticipate growth in the brand's retail, e-commerce, wholesale and licensing operations in the future. We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand the reach of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, while at the same time maintaining the exclusive distribution that Lilly Pulitzer has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These investments include amounts associated with the opening ofand operating new stores, costs to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities an expansion and other enhancements of Lilly Pulitzer's facilities in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and an increase in employment, advertising and other costs to continue to support a growing business. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Lilly Pulitzer's operating margin.
We believe the attraction of the Lilly Pulitzer brand to our consumers is a reflection of years of effort to ensure that themaintaining appropriate quality and design of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel, accessories and licensed products, is maintained, while also restricting the distribution of the Lilly Pulitzer products to a select tier of retailers.retailers and effectively communicating the message of Lilly's optimistic Palm Beach resort chic lifestyle. We believe this approach to quality, design, distribution and distributioncommunication has been critical in allowing us to achieve the current retail price points for Lilly Pulitzer products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Lilly Pulitzer branded products sold during Fiscal 2013,2015, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, but excluding sales associated with the one-time Target collaboration in April 2015, exceeded $200$275 million.
Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
Lilly Pulitzer's products are developed by our dedicated design teams primarily located at the Lilly Pulitzer headquarters in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania.Pennsylvania as well as Palm Beach, Florida. Our Lilly Pulitzer design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, silk, linen and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.
Lilly Pulitzer utilizesuses a combination of in-house employees in our King of Prussia and Hong Kong offices and third party buying agents primarily based in Asia to manage the production and sourcing of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel products. Through its buying agents and direct sourcing, Lilly Pulitzer used approximately 4050 suppliers, located primarily in China to manufacturewith the largest individual supplier providing 13%, and the largest 10 suppliers providing 62%, of the Lilly Pulitzer products acquired during Fiscal 2013.2015. In Fiscal 2013, 75%2015, 61% of Lilly Pulitzer's product purchases were from manufacturers located in China. The largest 10 suppliers provided 79%
We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. We intend that Lilly Pulitzer's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes email, Internet and social media advertising as well as traditional media such as catalogs, print and other correspondence with customers and moving media and trade show initiatives. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis via the use of electronic media and print correspondence about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brand's connections with consumers.
In addition to our ongoing Lilly Pulitzer marketing initiatives, we were also extremely pleased with a specific one-time marketing program in Fiscal 2015. This initiative was a single delivery design collaboration with the Target Corporation where Lilly Pulitzer provided certain designs and prints to Target, and Target used those prints on a collection of 250 pieces spanning apparel, accessories and shoes for women and girls, as well as home accents, outdoor entertaining accessories, beach gear and travel essentials. This single delivery program launched in April 2015 in all domestic Target locations and on the Target website. Target highlighted the collaboration in its marketing materials in connection with the launch. We did not recognize any product sales related to this program; however, this marketing program provided a significant amount of national exposure and media impressions for the Lilly Pulitzer brand. We believe that this marketing exposure introduced the Lilly Pulitzer brand to new consumers both on the East Coast where the brand has a very strong brand recognition and also west of the Mississippi River, where Lilly Pulitzer generated less than 20% of its Fiscal 2015 e-commerce sales.
We believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that

12



our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. At certain times during the year, an integral part of the marketing plan for Lilly Pulitzer includes certain gift with purchase programs where the consumer earns the right to a Lilly Pulitzer gift product if certain spending thresholds are achieved by the consumer. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications enhance brand awareness and increase the sales of Lilly Pulitzer products acquired during Fiscal 2013.in all channels of distribution.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
Lilly Pulitzer operates a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for its operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.
Direct to Consumer Operations
A key component of our Lilly Pulitzer growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. The distribution channels included in Lilly Pulitzer's direct to consumer strategy consist of full-price retail store and e-commerce operations and represented 57%68% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2013,2015, compared to 54%62% in Fiscal 2012.2014. We expect the percentage of our Lilly Pulitzer sales which are direct to consumer sales towill increase in future years as we anticipate that the full-price retail and e-commerce components of the Lilly Pulitzer business will continue to grow at a faster rate than the wholesale distribution channel.
Lilly Pulitzer's full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2013 were approximately $645 for the 19 full-price retail stores which were open the entire 52-week Fiscal 2013 year compared to approximately $580 for the 15 Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full 53-week Fiscal 2012 year. For relocated stores, if any, for which the square feet changed during the year, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store. The increase in sales per gross square foot from the prior year was primarily due to the inclusion of the more productive four stores opened in Fiscal 2012 in the Fiscal 2013 calculation, as each of the Fiscal 2012 store openings had higher sales per gross square foot than the Fiscal 2012 sales per gross square foot average.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations withlocations. Sales at our retail stores represented 38% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales during Fiscal 2015. As of January 30, 2016, approximately halfone-half of the Lilly Pulitzer stores beingwere located in malls.indoor regional malls, approximately one-third of the Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers and the remaining locations were primarily street locations. Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Lilly Pulitzer image, brand awareness and

12

Table of Contents

acceptance. Our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores allow us to present Lilly Pulitzer's full line of current season products. We believe our Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. Also, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited promotional activities in our own retail stores complement our business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.
Lilly Pulitzer's retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2015 were approximately $835 for the retail stores which were open the full Fiscal 2015 year compared to approximately $730 for the Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full Fiscal 2014 year. The increase in sales per gross square foot from the prior year was primarily due to higher comparable store sales. The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores as of February 1, 2014.
January 30, 2016.
 
Number of
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Florida612
New York3
Pennsylvania2
North Carolina2
Ohio2
Texas2
Other619
Total2334
Average square feet per store2,9002,700
Total square feet at year-end66,40091,000

13



The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2013.
2015.
 
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Open as of beginning of fiscal year1928
Opened during fiscal year46
Open as of end of fiscal year2334
During Fiscal 2013, the average total gross square feet, calculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of retail space was approximately 62,000 square feet. In Fiscal 2014,2016, we expect to open fivesix retail stores, and after Fiscal 2016, we expect to maintain a similar pace of four to six stores a year after Fiscal 2014. Althoughin the specific locations and timing of all of our store openings have not been finalized, we anticipate opening full-price retail store locations in Tampa, Key Largo and Sarasota, Florida; Birmingham, Alabama; and Bethesda, Maryland in Fiscal 2014.
near future. The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings will generally be in the 2,500 square foot range as we believe that a store of this sizefeet on average; however, many stores will generally provide a better return on investment than a larger store; however, some stores may be larger or smaller than 2,500 square feet.feet with the determination of size of the store depending on a variety of criteria. To open a 2,500 square foot Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail store, we anticipate capital expenditures of approximately $0.8 million on average. For most of our retail stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.
In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We may also incur capital expenditures if a lease expires, or otherwise, and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store. Alternatively, when a lease expires we may decide to close the store rather than relocating the store to another location or renewing the lease. In the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016, we closed our East Hampton, New York store at the expiration of the lease agreement.
In addition to operating Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, another key element of our direct to consumer strategy is the lillypulitzer.com website, which represented 25%30% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 20132015 compared to 24%28% in Fiscal 2012. We believe our ability to effectively communicate the Lilly Pulitzer brand message to targeted consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing is a significant factor in the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand.2014. The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced significant growth in recent years and we anticipate that the rate of growth of the e-commerce business will remain strong in the future.
We also utilize the Lilly Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, which is an ongoing part of ourany apparel business, in a brand appropriate manner.

13

Table Usually, we have two e-commerce flash clearance sales per year, both of Contentswhich are in typical industry end of season promotional periods. These sales are brand appropriate events that create a significant amount of excitement with loyal Lilly Pulitzer consumers, who are looking for an opportunity to purchase Lilly Pulitzer products at a discounted price. Each of these two e-commerce flash clearance sales are for a very limited number of days, allowing the Lilly Pulitzer website to essentially remain full-price for the remainder of the year. During Fiscal 2015, approximately 30% of Lilly Pulitzer's e-commerce sales were e-commerce flash clearance sales.

Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at a specialty store or department store, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer throughPulitzer. These wholesale operations are with better department stores and specialty stores that generally follow a full-price retail model approach with limited discounting. During Fiscal 2015, approximately 32% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were sales to wholesale customers. During Fiscal 2015 almost one-half of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to Lilly Pulitzer's Signature Stores, as described below, while approximately one-third of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to department stores. Lilly Pulitzer's net sales to its five largest wholesale customers represented 13% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2015 with its largest customer representing 5% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales.
An important part of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale distribution is sales to Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating substantially all the store specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. These agreements are generally for a two-year period. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of January 30, 2016, there were 71 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.
Although we do not expect that the Lilly Pulitzer wholesale business will grow at the same pace as the direct to consumer distribution channel, we value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Lilly Pulitzer products are sold. During Fiscal 2013, 43% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were sales to wholesale customers, with Lilly Pulitzer products are available in more than 500600 retail locations.

During Fiscal 2013, almost half of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to certain wholesale customers, which we refer to as Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating the majority of the store specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. These agreements are generally for a one- or two-year period. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of February 1, 2014, there were 72 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.
14

The remaining wholesale sales were to better department stores and specialty stores. Lilly Pulitzer's net sales to its five largest wholesale customers represented 16% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2013 with no individual customer representing greater than 10%.


We maintain Lilly Pulitzer apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, includingPalm Beach, Florida; King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and New York City. Our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees.
Licensing Operations
We license the Lilly Pulitzer trademark to licensees in categories beyond Lilly Pulitzer's core product categories. In the long-term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for the Lilly Pulitzer brand.brand, particularly once our direct to consumer presence has expanded. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Lilly Pulitzer licensee, we consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Lilly Pulitzer brand products.
Our agreements with Lilly Pulitzer licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include the following product categories: bedding and home fashions,fashions; home furnishing fabrics,fabrics; stationery and gift products, cosmetic bagsproducts; and eyewear.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Lilly Pulitzer's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style as well as demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lilly Pulitzer by quarter for Fiscal 2013:

2015:
First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth QuarterFirst QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales28%28%22%22%29%32%21%18%
Operating income43%37%15%5%42%46%12%%
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales for Fiscal 20132015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
The timing of Lilly Pulitzer's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales for our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Lilly

14

Table of Contents

Pulitzer products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and resort seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. Further, in the third quarter of our fiscal year, which has not historically been a strong direct to consumer or wholesale quarter for Lilly Pulitzer, Lilly Pulitzer has historically held a significant e-commerce flash clearance sale which results in e-commerce sales representing a larger percentage of total sales than in other fiscal quarters. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2013,2015, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales by distribution channel in future periods:
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
Full price retail stores26%43%26%32%32%
Full-price retail stores33%45%32%38%38%
E-commerce15%22%37%31%25%20%27%43%35%30%
Wholesale59%35%37%37%43%47%28%25%27%32%
Total100%100%100%100%100%100%100%100%100%100%
Lanier Apparel
During Fiscal 2015, our former Lanier Clothes operating group and Oxford Golf business, which was previously included in Corporate and Other, were combined into our Lanier Apparel group. We believe that this combination of the two businesses provides additional opportunities for growth for each of the businesses in the future. The Lanier Clothes business, an efficient operator that excels in sourcing, production, logistics, distribution and tailored clothing design, lacked an appropriate level of

15



sportswear design expertise. At the same time the Oxford Golf business provides wonderful sportswear and golf designs for the Oxford Golf brand and private label customers, but lacked sufficient sales volume and relationships with large retailers. We believe the combination of the tailored clothing and Oxford Golf businesses provides excellent opportunities for the businesses to leverage their combined skills, which should allow for greater opportunities for sales growth and cost savings efficiencies in the future.
Lanier ClothesApparel designs, sources and marketsdistributes branded and private label men's apparel, including tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separatescasual pants and dress slackssportswear, across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Clothes brandedApparel products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands includedinclude Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, Geoffrey Beene® and Ike Behar®Nick Graham®. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London®, Arnold Brant® and Oxford Republic®Golf® brands. Billy London is a modern, British-inspired fashion brand geared towards the value-oriented consumer, while Arnold Brant is an upscale tailored clothing brand that is intended to blend modern elementsSales of style with affordable luxury. branded products represented approximately 68% of Lanier Apparel's net sales during Fiscal 2015.
In addition to thethese branded businesses, Lanier ClothesApparel designs and sources private label tailored clothingapparel products for certain customers, including a large new private label pants program for whicha warehouse club. For our large retail customers, the first shipments occurred in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013. The private label programs offer the retailercustomer product exclusivity at generally higher gross margins than they would achieve on branded products, while allowing us the opportunity to leverage our design, sourcing, production, logistics and distribution infrastructure. For other customers, we may perform any combination of design, sourcing, production, logistics infrastructure. Salesor distribution services for a brand owner who will then distribute the product acquired from us to their wholesale customers. In these cases, the brand owner may have determined it is more efficient to outsource the functions to Lanier Apparel, may be a small company that lacks such expertise given the brand's size or may want to focus their energies on the design aspect of branded products represented approximately 70% of Lanier Clothes' net sales during Fiscal 2013.their brand.
Our Lanier ClothesApparel products are sold to department stores, national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers, warehouse clubs, and discount retailers, specialty retailers and others throughout the United States. We believe Lanier ClothesApparel's products are sold in more than 5,000 different stores.retail locations. In Lanier Clothes,Apparel, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States' largest retailers, with Men's Wearhouse, Macy's, Burlington Coat Factoryretailers. During Fiscal 2015, Lanier' Apparel's three largest customers represented 18%, 16% and Sears (which includes Lands' End) representing 17%, 17%, 14% and 12%, respectively,13% of Lanier Clothes'Apparel's net sales, during Fiscal 2013. Saleswhile sales to Lanier Clothes'Apparel's 10 largest customers represented 87%78% of Lanier Clothes'Apparel's net sales in Fiscal 2013.sales. The amount and percentage of net sales attributable to an individual customer in future years may be different than Fiscal 20132015 amounts as sales are typically on an order by order or specific program basis and not tied to long-term contracts.
As much of Lanier Apparel's private label sales are program based, where for each program or season Lanier Apparel must bid for a program, an individual customer could increase, decrease or discontinue its purchases from us at any time. Thus, significant fluctuations in Lanier Apparel's operating results from one year to the next may result, particularly if a program is not renewed, the customer decides to use another vendor, we determine that the return on the program is not acceptable to us, a new program is initiated, there is a significant increase in the volume of the program or otherwise. Additionally, in accordance with normal industry practice, as part of maintaining an ongoing relationship with certain customers, Lanier Apparel may be required to provide cooperative advertising or other incentives to the customer.
The moderate price point tailored clothing market is anand sportswear markets are extremely competitive apparel sectorsectors with significant competition at retail and gross margin pressures due to retail sales price pressures and sourcingas well as product cost increases. We continue to believe that the opportunities for branded tailored clothing are generally better than private label tailored clothing, although the challenges in branded tailored clothing are also significant. We believe that our Lanier ClothesApparel business has historically excelled at bringing quality products to our customers at competitive prices and managing inventory risk appropriately while requiring minimal capital expenditure investments.
Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management, as well as the design of quality products, are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label tailored clothing market.and sportswear markets in which Lanier Apparel operates. Our Lanier Clothes'Apparel design teams, which are located in New York City and Atlanta, focus on the target consumer for each brand.brand and product. The design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research.research and input from manufacturers. Our various Lanier ClothesApparel products are manufactured from a variety of fibers, including wool, silk, linen, cotton and other natural fibers, as well as synthetics and blends of these materials.
Lanier ClothesApparel manages production in Asia and Latin America and Italy through a combination of efforts from our Lanier ClothesApparel offices in Atlanta Georgia and Hong Kong as well as with third party buying agents. Lanier Apparel's sourcing operations are also supplemented, as appropriate, by third party contractors who may provide certain sourcing functions or in-country quality assurance to further enhance Lanier Apparel's global sourcing operations. During Fiscal 2013, 46%, 19% and 17%2015, 74% of Lanier ClothesApparel's product purchases were from manufacturers located in Vietnam, India and China, respectively, which reflects a significant change in sourcing in the last few years as 68% ofVietnam. Lanier Clothes product purchases were from China in Fiscal 2010. The shift is primarily a result of the increased cost of manufacturing in China. Lanier ClothesApparel purchased goods from approximately 135

15

Table of Contents

150 suppliers in Fiscal 2013.2015. The 10 largest suppliers of Lanier ClothesApparel provided 80%85% of the finished goods and raw materials Lanier ClothesApparel acquired from third parties during Fiscal 2013,2015, with 13%26% of our product purchases being from our largest third party supplier. In addition to purchasing products from third parties in Vietnam, India and China,other countries, Lanier ClothesApparel operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 18%13% of our Lanier ClothesApparel products during Fiscal 2013.2015.

16



The advertising efforts of Lanier Apparel are much more product specific than advertising for our owned lifestyle brands. For Lanier Apparel's branded products, advertising primarily consists of cooperative advertising with our larger customers, contributions to the licensor based on a specified percentage of our net sales to fund the licensor's general brand advertising initiatives and attending brand appropriate trade shows. As a provider of private label apparel, we are generally not responsible for advertising for private label brands.
For Lanier Clothes,Apparel, we utilize a distribution center located in Toccoa, Georgia, as well asa distribution center in Lyons, Georgia and certain third party distribution centers for certain of our product shipments, where we receive goods from our suppliers, inspect those products and ship the goods to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet customer demand for at-once ordering. For certain standard tailored clothing product styles, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs, providing shipment to customers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Disposal of excess prior-season inventory is an ongoing part of our business and Lanier ClothesApparel utilizes various off-price retailers to sell such products.
We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier ClothesApparel products in several locations, including New York City and Atlanta. WeAtlanta and employ a sales force for Lanier Clothes consisting of a combination of salaried employees.employees and independent sales reps. Lanier Clothes alsoApparel operates the billylondonuk.com, menstailoreddirect.com and menstailoreddirect.comoxfordgolf.com websites, where certain Lanier ClothesApparel products may be purchased onlineon-line directly by consumers. In addition, Lanier ClothesApparel also ships certain products directly to consumers who purchase products from the websites of certain of ourits wholesale customers.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Lanier Clothes'Apparel's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style may vary significantly depending on the time of year. As a wholesale tailored clothingapparel business, in which product shipments generally occur prior to the retail selling seasons, the seasonality of Lanier ClothesApparel generally reflects stronger spring and fall wholesale deliveries which typically occur in our first and third quarters; however, in some fiscal years this maywill not be the case in every fiscal year as evidenced by the impact that a significant new pants program, which initially shipped in the fourth quarterdue to much of Fiscal 2013, had on the distribution of net sales and operating income in Fiscal 2013.Lanier Apparel's operations being program-driven businesses. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lanier ClothesApparel by quarter for Fiscal 2013:2015:
First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth QuarterFirst QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales25%20%28%27%27%20%28%25%
Operating income23%19%31%27%24%14%39%23%
As theThe timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the introduction of new programs, the loss of programs or customers or other factors affecting the business may vary significantly from one year to the next,next. Therefore, we do not believe that net sales or operating income of Lanier Apparel for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2013, which varied significantly from Fiscal 2012,2015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
Ben Sherman
Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the followers of the contemporary London music scene known as modernists or "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. During Fiscal 2013, 40%, 25% and 15% of Ben Sherman's net sales occurred in the United Kingdom, the United States and Germany, respectively, with the remainder of the sales predominantly in Europe. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.
We believe the attraction of the Ben Sherman brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts to ensure that we maintain appropriate quality and design of our apparel and licensed products, while also implementing restricted distribution of the Ben Sherman products to a select tier of retailers. We believe this approach to quality, design and distribution will increase consumer desire for Ben Sherman products and will allow us to grow sales. We believe that the retail sales value of all Ben Sherman branded products sold during Fiscal 2013, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $250 million.
The Ben Sherman lifestyle brand has faced challenges in recent years with sales and operating results on a downward trajectory. At the same time, we elevated the wholesale distribution of the Ben Sherman brand. Although we have made significant strides in elevating our wholesale distribution, we have not realized enough sales at higher distribution levels to date

16

Table of Contents

to replace the sales from accounts that we exited. Additionally, our operating results have been negatively impacted by certain operational missteps, including a merchandising mix misstep that occurred in Fiscal 2012. During Fiscal 2013, we appointed a new CEO and strengthened the management team of the brand, refocused the business on its core consumer, reduced operating expenses and improved the operation of the Ben Sherman retail stores. Much work remains to generate satisfactory financial results in the long-term; however, we believe, as a result of these actions, that Ben Sherman has ample opportunities to increase sales and thereby generate significantly improved operating results in the future.
Design, Sourcing and Distribution
Ben Sherman men's apparel products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Ben Sherman headquarters in London, England. Our Ben Sherman design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. We design our Ben Sherman apparel products to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, wool or other natural fibers, synthetics, or blends of two or more of these materials.
We primarily utilize a large third party buying agent based in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the majority of our Ben Sherman apparel products. We also operate a sourcing office in India. During Fiscal 2013 we used approximately 75 suppliers primarily located in China and India to manufacture our Ben Sherman products. During Fiscal 2013, 37% and 35% of our Ben Sherman apparel products were sourced from China and India, respectively, while the largest 10 suppliers provided 66% of the Ben Sherman products acquired during Fiscal 2013.
During Fiscal 2013, we changed from one third party distribution center to another third party distribution center in the United Kingdom. This distribution center provides warehouse and distribution services for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and Europe. In the United States, distribution services are performed for Ben Sherman at our owned distribution center in Lyons, Georgia. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, our Ben Sherman retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers as well as sales for our direct to consumer operations.
Wholesale Operations
During Fiscal 2013, 54% of Ben Sherman's net sales were sales to wholesale customers and international distributors, with Ben Sherman products available in more than 1,100 retail locations. During Fiscal 2013, 22% of Ben Sherman's net sales were to its five largest customers, of which no individual customer accounted for greater than 10% of Ben Sherman's net sales. In recent years, we implemented certain initiatives to elevate our wholesale distribution in order to attain higher price points for our Ben Sherman men's products, which we believe will provide growth opportunities for the wholesale distribution of the brand in the future. We maintain Ben Sherman apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including London, New York City and Dusseldorf, among others. Our wholesale operations for Ben Sherman utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives. Disposal of excess prior-season inventory is an ongoing part of our business and Ben Sherman utilizes a combination of sales in its own outlet stores and sales to off-price retailers to sell such inventory.
Direct to Consumer Operations
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Ben Sherman brand includes locating full-price retail stores in brand-appropriate street locations and malls. Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Ben Sherman image. Our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores allow us to present Ben Sherman's full line of current season products, including licensees' products. We believe our Ben Sherman retail stores provide high visibility of the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We believe the presentation of these products in our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores helps build brand awareness and acceptance and thus enhances business with our wholesale customers. Our outlet stores serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are generally otherwise available from outside parties, while helping us protect the Ben Sherman brand by controlling the distribution of such products.
The components of Ben Sherman's direct to consumer strategy include retail store, concession and e-commerce operations and represented 46% of Ben Sherman's net sales in Fiscal 2013, compared to 38% in Fiscal 2012. Retail store sales per gross square foot were approximately $655 for our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores which were open throughout the 52-week Fiscal 2013 compared to approximately $665 for Ben Sherman full-price retail stores open throughout the 53-week Fiscal 2012. The decrease from Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to lower full-price comparable store sales and the impact of having one less week in Fiscal 2013, partially offset by the favorable impact of the close of one under-performing full-price store in the United States during Fiscal 2013.

17

Table of Contents

The table below provides certain information regarding Ben Sherman retail stores as of February 1, 2014.
 
Number
of Stores
Average
Square Feet
United States full-price retail stores3
4,000
United Kingdom full-price retail stores6
2,000
Germany full-price retail stores2
2,100
Outlet stores (1)6
1,800
Total17
2,300
Total gross square feet at year end38,800
 


(1)Includes three, two and one outlet stores in the United Kingdom, Europe and the United States, respectively.
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Ben Sherman stores during Fiscal 2013.
 
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet StoresTotal
Open as of beginning of fiscal year12
7
19
Closed during fiscal year(1)(1)(2)
Open as of end of fiscal year11
6
17
Although we continue to evaluate potential locations and may open retail stores in the future if we identify locations which meet our investment criteria, we do not currently have plans to open any new Ben Sherman full-price stores in Fiscal 2014; however, we may open additional outlet stores in Fiscal 2014. The operation of our retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We estimate that we spend approximately $0.6 million of capital expenditures on average to build out a Ben Sherman full-price retail store and less than that to build out a Ben Sherman outlet store. In most cases, the landlord has provided certain incentives to fund a portion of these capital expenditures.
In addition to our new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store.
Another component of our direct to consumer strategy is operating certain concession arrangements, whereby we operate Ben Sherman shops within department or other stores. The inventory at these locations is owned by us until sold to the consumer, at which time we recognize the full retail sales price. In these arrangements, a Ben Sherman employee is responsible for the area, and we pay a commission to the department store to cover occupancy and certain other costs associated with using the space. As of February 1, 2014, we operated 12 concession locations in the United Kingdom.
During Fiscal 2011, we re-launched the Bensherman.com website in the United Kingdom and Europe, and during Fiscal 2012 we re-launched the Bensherman.com website in the United States. These websites provide consumers the opportunity to purchase Ben Sherman products directly on-line. Net sales of Ben Sherman's e-commerce operations were 5% of net sales for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013.We believe that e-commerce is an important growth opportunity for the Ben Sherman brand.
Licensing/Distributor Operations
We license the Ben Sherman trademark to a variety of licensees in categories beyond Ben Sherman's core product categories, including footwear and kids apparel. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Ben Sherman brand. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Ben Sherman licensee, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Ben Sherman brand products.
Our agreements with Ben Sherman licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified

18

Table of Contents

percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for Ben Sherman products include the following product categories:
FootwearKid's apparel
Men's watches and jewelryMen's tailored clothes and dress shirts
Men's hats, caps, scarves and glovesMen's neckwear and pocket squares
Men's fragrances and toiletriesMen's and boys' underwear, socks and sleepwear
Men's gift products
In addition to the license agreements for the specific product categories listed above, we have also entered into certain international license/distribution agreements which give these third parties the opportunity to distribute Ben Sherman products in certain geographic areas around the world. The products sold by our licensees/distributors generally are identical to the products sold in the United Kingdom and United States. In most markets, our licensees/distributors are required to open retail stores in their respective geographic regions. As of February 1, 2014, our licensees/distributors operated 18 Ben Sherman retail stores located in a number of countries including Australia, South Africa, Malaysia, Philippines, Canada and Russia.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Ben Sherman's net sales are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The sales of Ben Sherman generally align with a typical wholesale and retail apparel company whereby the fall and holiday seasons are generally stronger quarters than the first half of the fiscal year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales for Ben Sherman by quarter for Fiscal 2013:
 First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales18%24%28%30%
Operating Loss37%29%14%20%
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating loss for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating loss for Fiscal 2013 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
The timing of Ben Sherman's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales for our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Ben Sherman products in our principal markets is generally higher in the fall and holiday seasons and lower in the spring and summer seasons. Wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2013, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales in future periods:

 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full Year
Wholesale53%51%61%51%54%
Direct to Consumer47%49%39%49%46%
Total100%100%100%100%100%
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups, including our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations.operations, which performs warehouse and distribution services for third parties, as well as our Lanier Apparel business. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups.

19

Table of Contents

The Oxford Golf® brand is designed to appeal to a sophisticated golf apparel consumer with a preference for high quality and classic styling. In addition to apparel bearing the Oxford Golf trademark, Oxford Golf also sources some private label products for certain customers. Our Oxford Golf products are primarily acquired on a package purchase, finished goods basis from third party producers outside of the United States. Oxford Golf seeks to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and at-once ordering. Oxford Golf employs a sales force consisting primarily of commissioned sales agents. Our Lyons, Georgia distribution center receives finished goods from suppliers, inspects those products and ships the products to customers of our Oxford Golf business and to customers and retail stores of our Ben Sherman United States business while also performing certain warehouse and distribution services for third parties.
Discontinued Operations
References to resultsDiscontinued operations include the assets and operations of operations, assets or liabilities related to discontinued operations within this report refer to the operations, assets or liabilities associated with our former Oxford ApparelBen Sherman operating group which werewe sold on January 3, 2011. Our former Oxford Apparel operating group sold certain private label and branded apparel to a variety of customers.in July 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and expenses includedother information in this report reflect continuing operations and do not includeexclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations.
ADVERTISING AND MARKETING
We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategyoperations of our brands, and we therefore devote significant resourcesformer Ben Sherman operating group. Refer to advertising and marketingNote 12 in our brands. During Fiscal 2013, we spent $32.3 million on advertising, marketing and promoting our products. For each of our lifestyle brands, we incurred advertising, marketing and promotions expenses of 3% to 6% of net sales of the lifestyle brand during Fiscal 2013. Each of our operating groups manages the advertising, marketing and promotion of its brands. While the advertising of our lifestyle brands promotes our products, the primary emphasis is on brand image and brand lifestyle. We intend that the advertising will engage individuals within the brand's distinct consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers' storesconsolidated financial statements included in search of our products. The marketing of our lifestyle brands continues to include traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of our marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. We believe that it is very important that we communicate regularly with our consumers via the use of email, Internet and social mediathis report for additional information about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen our brands' connections with our consumers.
We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the retail experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional media and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.discontinued operations.
TRADEMARKS
As discussed above, we own trademarks, several of which are very important to our business. Generally, our significant trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on a variety of items of apparel and, in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail services. We

17



continue to expandevaluate our worldwide usage and registration of certain of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and the required registration renewals are filed. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
PRODUCT SOURCING
We intend to maintain flexible, diversified, cost-effective sourcing operations that provide high-quality brandedapparel products. Our operating groups, either internally or through the use of third-partythird party buying agents, source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third-partythird party producers located in foreign countries, with a significant concentration in Asia, or from our licensees for licensed products sold in our direct to consumer distribution channels. The use of contract manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us as operating manufacturing facilities can require a significant amount of capital investment. During Fiscal 2013,2015, we sourced approximately 62% and 14% of our products from producers located in China and Vietnam, respectively, with lessno other country greater than 10% of our products sourced from each other single country.. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers and have used many of

20

Table of Contents

our suppliers for a number of years, generally we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Thus, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We believe that this approach provides us with the greatest flexibility in identifying the appropriate manufacturers while considering quality, cost, timing of product delivery and other criteria while also utilizing the expertise of the manufacturers. During Fiscal 2013,2015, no individual third-partythird party manufacturer supplied more than 10% of our product purchases.
We purchase substantially all of our products from third-partythird party producers as package purchases of finished goods, which are manufactured with oversight by us or our oversightbuying agents and to our design and fabric specifications. The use of contract manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us as operating manufacturing facilities can require a significant amount of capital investment. We depend upon the ability of third-partythird party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials specified by us, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity rather than us providing or financing the costs of these items. We believe that purchasing substantially all of our products as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we are not required to purchase, or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our product purchases until we take ownership of the finished goods, which typically occurs when the goods are shipped by the third-partythird party producers. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, our Lanier ClothesApparel operating group operates our only owned manufacturing facility, which is located in Merida, Mexico and produced 18%2% of our total company, or 13% of our total Lanier ClothesApparel, products during Fiscal 2013.2015.
As the design, manufacture and transportation of apparel products for our brands may take as many as six months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our retail stores or our wholesale customers' stores. We continue to seek ways to reduce the time required from design and ordering to bringing products to our customer. As our merchandising departments must estimate our requirements for finished goods purchases for our own retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to and purchased by us prior to the receipt of customer orders in some cases, we carry the risk that we have purchased more inventory than we will need.ultimately desire.
As part of our commitment to source our products in a lawful and responsible manner, each of our operating groups has implemented a code of conduct program applicable to vendors that we purchase goods from, which includes provisions related to abiding by applicable laws as well as compliance with other business ethics,or ethical standards, including related human rights, health, safety, working conditions, environmental and other requirements. We require that each of our vendors and licensees comply with the applicable code of conduct or substantially similar compliance standards. On an ongoing basis we assess vendors' compliance with the applicable code of conduct and applicable laws and regulations through audits performed by either our employees or our designated agents. This assessment of compliance by vendors is directed by our corporate leadership team. In the event we determine that a vendor is not abiding by our required standards, we work with the vendor to remediate the violation. If the violation is not satisfactorily remediated, we will discontinue use of the vendor.
IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations. Almostoperations as almost all of our merchandise is manufactured by foreign suppliers. During Fiscal 2013,2015, we sourced approximately 62% of our products from producers located in China. Our imported products are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries where we sell our products.
Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to duties which are assessed on the value of the imported product and represent a material portioncomponent of the cost of the goods we sell. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment and its fiber content and are subject to change in future periods. In addition, while the World Trade Organization's member nations have eliminated quotas on apparel and textiles, the United States and Europeanother countries into which we import our products are still

18



allowed in certain circumstances to unilaterally impose "anti-dumping" or "countervailing" duties in response to threats to their comparable domestic industries.
In addition, apparel and other products sold by us are subject to stringent and complex product performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing requirements, certification of product safety and importer security procedures. We believe that we are in material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to such regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations which could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on our business or results of operations.regulations.
Although we have not been materially inhibited from doing business in desired markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and brands and enter into new markets. Our management regularly monitors proposed regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment, including any impact on our operations or on our ability to import products.

21

Table of Contents

Important factors relating to risks associated with government regulations include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES
We believe that sophisticated information systems and functionality are an important componentcomponents of maintaining our competitive position and supporting continued growth of our businesses.businesses, particularly in the ever changing consumer shopping environment. Our management information systems are designed and enhanced to provide effective retail store, e-commerce and wholesale operations while emphasizing efficient point-of-sale, distribution center, design, sourcing, order processing, marketing, customer relationship management, accounting and other functions. We use point-of-sale registers that capture sales data, track inventories and monitor traffic and other information in our retail stores. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies, to provide additional consumer access and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe that continuous upgrading and enhancements to our management information systems with newer technology that offers greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is importantcritical to our operations and financial condition.
SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For details of the impact of seasonality on each of our operating groups, see the business discussion of each operating group above. The following table presents our percentage of net sales and operating income by quarter for Fiscal 2013:2015:
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Net sales26%26%21%27%27%26%20 %27%
Operating income31%33%5%31%
Operating income (loss)36%36%(1)%29%
We anticipate that as our retail store operations increase in the future, the third quarter will continue to be our smallest net sales and operating income quarter and the percentage of the full year net sales and operating income generated in the third quarter will continue to decrease, absent any other factors that might impact seasonality. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, weather or other factors affecting the retail business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 20132015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. As an example, the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2015 was unfavorably impacted by the increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington as well as pre-opening rent and set-up costs associated with the the Tommy Bahama Waikiki retail-restaurant location. Our third quarter has historically been our smallest net sales and operating income quarter and that result is expected to continue as we continue the expansion of our retail store operations in the future.
ORDER BACKLOG
As 59%66% of our sales are direct to consumer sales, which are not reflected in an order backlog, and the order backlog for wholesale sales may be impacted by a variety of factors, we do not believe that order backlog information is necessarily indicative of sales to be expected for future periods. Therefore, we believe the order backlog is not material for an understanding of our business taken as a whole. Further, as our sales continue to shift towards direct to consumer rather than wholesale sales, the order backlog will continue to be less meaningful as a measure of our future sales and results of operations.
EMPLOYEES

19



As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we employed approximately 5,1005,500 persons, of whom approximately 80%90% were employed in the United States. Approximately 65%70% of our employees were retail store and restaurant employees. We believe our employee relations are good.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Oxford Industries, Inc. is a Georgia corporation originally founded in 1942. Our corporate headquarters are located at 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our Internet address is oxfordinc.com. Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. The information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.

In addition, copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, excluding exhibits, are available without cost to our shareholders by writing to Investor Relations, Oxford Industries, Inc., 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors
The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operating results may be adversely affected. These are not the only

22

Table of Contents

risks and uncertainties we face. We operate in a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names and our ability to offer innovative and market appropriate products that respond to rapidly changing fashion trends; any failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands, to offer innovative, fashionable and desirable brands and products and/or to appropriately respond to competitive factors within our industry could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.

The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our wholesale customers or others including marketing partners, who have interestsan interest in the brands, including by failing to respond to emerging fashion trends or meet consumer quality expectations; by selling products bearing our brands through distribution channels that are inconsistent with the retail channels in which our customers expect to find those brands, orbrands; by becoming overly promotional.promotional; or by setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products. We are becoming more reliant on social media as one of our marketing strategies and the value of our brands could be adversely affected if we do not effectively communicate our brand message through social media vehicles that interface with our consumers on a regular basis. In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing efforts or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales and business operations.

During Fiscal 2013,2015, Tommy Bahama’s and Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales represented 64% of our consolidated net sales, while Lilly Pulitzer’s68% and Ben Sherman’s net sales represented 15% and 7%21%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The limited diversification in our portfolio may heighten the risks we face if one of our brands fails to meet our expectations and/or is adversely impacted by any actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand or by competitive conditions in the apparel industry. For example, Ben Sherman’s missteps in merchandise mix in the second half of Fiscal 2012, among other factors, resulted in significant operating losses in Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 for Ben Sherman, which materially impacted our consolidated operating results.

Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands, particularly for our lifestyle branded Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products.demands. Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumers’consumer preferences fashion trends and changes in consumer demographics. The introduction or repositioning of new lines and products and the entry of our products into new geographic territories often requires substantial costs in design, marketing and advertising, which may not be recovered if the products are not successful. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could result in lower sales and operating lossesweakened financial performance and/or harm the reputation and desirability of our brands.brands and products.


Additionally, since we generally make decisions regarding product designs several months in advance of the time when consumer acceptance can be measured, such a failure could result in a substantial amount of unsold inventory or other conditions, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and impair the reputation of our brands. For example, the merchandise mix missteps in Ben Sherman during the second half of Fiscal 2012 resulted in higher promotions in our direct to consumer operations, more off-price sales and more significant inventory markdowns during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013.
20



The highly competitive apparel industry, characterized by low entry barriers, includes numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom mayare also be our customers and some of whomand/or are significantly larger, are more diversified and have significantly greater financial resources than we do. Certain of our competitors offer apparel for sale at lower initial price points than our products and/or at significant discounts, particularly in response to weak economic conditions, which resultshas resulted, and may continue to result, in moresignificant pricing pressure to reduce prices orwithin the risk that our products may not be as desirable asapparel industry. This has been exacerbated by structural headwinds in the department store and specialty retail sectors, where the growth of fast fashion and value fashion retailers and expansion of off-price retailers has shifted consumer expectations to lower priced products.products from traditional, well-known brands. Competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.

We also license certain of our brands including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, to third party licensees. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with these third parties covering product design, product quality, sourcing, distribution, manufacturing and marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products, by the market perception of the third parties with whom we associate and/or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee could significantly impact the perception of our brands.


23

Table of Contents

In addition, the reputation of our brands could be harmed if our third party manufacturers and vendors, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet appropriate product safety, product quality and social compliance standards, including the terms of our applicable codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. We cannot assure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards. Any violation of our applicable codes of conduct or local laws relating to labor conditions by our manufacturers or vendors or other actions or failures by us or such parties may result in negative public perception of our brands or products, as well as disrupt our supply chain, which may adversely affect our business operations.

The apparel industry is heavily influenced by general economic conditions, and a deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or consumer purchases of discretionary products may adversely affect our business and financial condition.condition, including as a result of adverse business conditions for third parties with whom we do business.

Consumers may generally consider our products discretionary items. The apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Demand for our products ismay be significantly impacted by trends in consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending, which may be influenced by employment levels, recessions, fuel and energy costs, availability of personal credit, interest rates, tax rates and changes in tax laws, declining purchasing power due to foreign currency fluctuations, personal debt levels, housing prices, stock market volatility, general political conditions, including the impact domestically and internationally of shifts in political conditions that may result from a change in presidential and/or congressional regime, and other factors. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending are outside of our control and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy. Any deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or discretionary consumer spending as was seen globally in recent years or otherwise, could reduce our sales and/or adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Additionally, significant changes in the operations or liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others, now or in the future, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties, could result in lower demand for our products, lower sales, higher costs or other disruptions in our business.

In response to technological advancements, retailers are shifting how they interact with their consumers and facilitate transactions, and our ability to execute our direct to consumer retail strategies in our branded businesses and/or the effect of the shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business, subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

Certain of our brands distribute products through bricks and mortar retail stores and e-commerce websites and regularly communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. One of our key initiatives is to grow our branded businesses through retail strategies that allow our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to introduce new retail concepts and products, locate new retail locations with the proper consumer demographics, establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth, source appropriate levels of inventory, hire and train qualified personnel, anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences and maintain brand specific websites and other social media presence that offer the functionality and security customers expect.


21



In addition, in response to technological advancements, retail consumers have shifted their shopping behavior in recent years, with computers, tablets, mobile phones and other devices facilitating retail transactions anywhere in the world and allowing greater consumer transparency in product pricing and competitive offerings from other retailers. As a result, retailers have been forced to shift the way in which they do business, including development of applications for electronic devices; improvement of guest-facing technology; one-day or same-day delivery of products purchased online (including through the enhancement of inventory management systems and their interface with e-commerce websites, the development and more efficient use of additional distribution facilities, either owned or provided by a third party, and in-store enhancements that facilitate shipment of e-commerce transactions from traditional bricks and mortar retail locations); free shipping of e-commerce transactions; greater and more fluid inventory availability between online transactional businesses and bricks and mortar retail locations; and greater consistency in marketing and pricing strategies for online and traditional bricks and mortar retail operations, including with respect to the retail pricing strategies of a retailer’s own product offerings and those of its wholesale customers.

The continuing shift in the manner in which consumers transact business globally and our efforts to respond to these changes and execute our direct to consumer retail strategies could adversely affect our financial results and operations as a result of, among other things: investment in technology and infrastructure, which is extremely complex, in order to remain competitive (including investments to maintain modern technology and functionality similar to that provided by our competitors and expected by our customers); reliance on outdated technology that is not as appealing or functionally effective as those of our competitors; an inability to provide customer-facing technology systems, including mobile technology solutions, that function reliably and provide a convenient and consistent experience for our customers; our own e-commerce business and/or third party offers diverting sales from our bricks and mortar retail stores, where we have made substantial capital expenditures on leasehold improvements and have significant remaining long-term financial commitments, and rendering the traditional retail model more challenging financially; decision making with respect to the wholesale customers to whom we are willing to sell our products in order to maintain a consistent brand message and pricing strategy; our own promotional activity and pricing strategies; any failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores through social media; a reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for our online content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. The rapid dissemination of information and opinions in the current marketplace through social media and other platforms also increases the challenges of responding to negative perceptions or commentary about our brands or products. If we are unable to properly manage these risks and effectively respond to the behavioral shift in consumer expectations, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.

Loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few key customers. For example, during Fiscal 2015, 46% of our consolidated wholesale sales or 16% of our consolidated net sales were to our five largest customers. Over the last several years, there have been significant levels of store closures by large retailers, increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers, direct sourcing of products by large retailers, consolidation of a number of retailers and increased competition experienced by our wholesale customers from online competitors. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers’ operations, continued store closures by major department stores, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our wholesale customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers, the appeal of our brands and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, or our own decision to terminate or curtail our sales to a particular customer, for brand protection or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers, reduce our operating costs or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.

In addition, due to long product lead times, our product lines are typically designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for production in connection with these lines up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our production commitments or incur losses in order to dispose excess inventories. While we try to manage inventory risk by soliciting firm commitments from our wholesale customers, as the direct to consumer channels of distribution continue to represent a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales, our ability to mitigate the risks associated with our production commitments is tempered.


22



We also extend credit to most of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At January 30, 2016, our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $28 million, or 48% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to shipments to that customer.

We rely to a large extent on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands and failures by these producers to meet our requirements, the unavailability of suitable producers at reasonable prices and/or changes in international trade regulation may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, disrupt our supply chain or result in higher costs or reduced net sales.

We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, including sourcing approximately 62% of our product purchases from China during Fiscal 2013.2015. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term supply contracts but, instead, conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We regularly depend uponon the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity.capacity, and in some cases, the products we purchase and the raw materials that are used in our products are available only from one source or a limited number of sources. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis,basis; given the production time and shipment time for goods for a particular season, if scheduled shipments from our suppliers are missed, there will not be time for another vendor to produce replacement goods. This would jeopardize our ability to service our customers and properly merchandise our direct to consumer channels, which may, in turn, have a negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.

In addition, due to our sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. We may not be able to offset any disruption or cost increases to our supply chain as a result of any of these factors by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us.

LossBreaches of oneinformation security or moreprivacy could damage our reputation or credibility and cause us financial harm.

As an ongoing part of our key wholesalebusiness operations, including direct to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and utilize sensitive and confidential personal information, including of our customers, oremployees and suppliers and including credit card information. The routine operation of our business involves the storage and transmission of customer personal information, preferences and credit card information, and we use social media and other online activities to connect with our customers. The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.matter of public concern.


24

TableCybersecurity attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or disrupt our systems. Despite our implementation of Contents

We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few major customers, and over the last several years, there has been a trend towards greater consolidation in the retail industry, centralized purchasing decisions within consolidated customer groups, increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers and direct sourcing of products by large retailers. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers’ operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers,security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of further consolidation in the retail industrycybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, human error or otherwise, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged. The costs to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems and vulnerabilities, including to comply with security or other measures under state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or to resolve any litigation, and to enhance cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants could be significant and result in lower prices, realignmentsignificant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales.

23




As part of customer affiliationsour routine operations, we also contract with third party service providers to store, process and transmit personal information of our employees and customers. Although we contractually require that these providers implement reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will not occur at their location or other factorswithin their systems. Privacy breaches of confidential information stored or used by our third party service providers may expose us to negative publicity, as well as potential out-of-pocket costs which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our wholesale customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our major wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, or our own decision to terminate or curtail our sales to a particular customer, whether for brand protection or enhancement or otherwise, couldmaterially adversely affect our net salesbusiness and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.customer relationships.

In addition, dueprivacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them or similar security standards, such as those created by the payment card industry, may require us to long product lead times,modify our product lines are typically designedoperations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for production in connectionimplement new administrative processes. Our failure to comply with these lines. These commitments can be made uplaws and regulations, or similar security standards, could lead to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materializefines, penalties or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our production commitments or to dispose of excess inventories.adverse publicity.

We also extend creditOur business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unsuccessful transition of key management responsibilities, the unexpected loss of individuals integral to mostour business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our seniormanagement and key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which resultspersonnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At February 1, 2014,the apparel and related industries, with our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $26 million, or 35%Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for more than 25 years, including in various executive management capacities. Our success depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our consolidated receivables balance. Companiesorganization, including our senior management, and continued succession planning. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry including someis intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, the unexpected loss of any of our customers, may experiencesenior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could harm our business and financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability on a comparable store basis. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous shipments to that customer.performance.

In response to technological advancements, retailers are shifting how they interactAs we have previously announced, we introduced a new chief executive at Tommy Bahama at the beginning of fiscal 2016 and will officially have a new chief executive at Lilly Pulitzer starting in April 2016, with their consumerspredecessors retiring from their respective positions. Although the new executives at Tommy Bahama and facilitate transactions,Lilly Pulitzer have each been with their respective businesses for over 10 years and we believe that the transition of leadership was made according to carefully executed succession plans, any unsuccessful assumption of additional leadership responsibilities by either of these individuals or their respective teams, many of whom are taking on additional responsibilities, could materially adversely affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our direct to consumer retail strategies in our branded businesses and/or the effect of the shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business, subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

Certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, distribute products through brick and mortar retail stores and e-commerce websites and communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. One of our key initiatives is to grow our branded businesses through retail strategies that allow our customers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to introduce new retail concepts and products, locate new retail locations with the proper customer demographics, establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth, source sufficient levels of inventory, hire and train qualified associates, and anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our customers’ shopping preferences.

In addition, in response to technological advancements, retail consumers have shifted their shopping behavior in recent years, with computers, mobile phones, tablets and other devices, facilitating retail transactions anywhere in the world and allowing greater consumer transparency in product pricing and competitive offerings from other retailers. As a result, retailers have been forced to shift the way in which they do business, including development of applications for electronic devices; improvement of guest-facing technology; one-day or same-day delivery of products purchased online (including through the enhancement of inventory systems and their interface with e-commerce websites, the development and more effective use of additional distribution facilities, either owned or provided by a third party, and in-store enhancements that facilitate shipment of e-commerce transactions from traditional brick and mortar retail locations); free shipping of e-commerce transactions; greater and more fluid inventory availability between online transactional businesses and brick and mortar retail locations; and greater consistency in marketing and pricing for online and traditional brick and mortar retail operations, including with respect to the retail pricing strategies of a retailer’s own product offerings and those of its wholesale customers.

The continuing shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business globally and our efforts to respond to these changes and execute our direct to consumer retail strategies could adversely affect our financial results and operations as a result of, among other things: investment in technology and infrastructure in order to remain competitive; our own e-commerce business and/or third party offers diverting sales from our brick and mortar retail stores, where we have made substantial capital expenditures

25

Table of Contents

on leasehold improvements and have significant remaining long-term financial commitments, and rendering the traditional retail model more challenging financially; decision making with respect to the wholesale customers to whom we are willing to sell our products in order to maintain a consistent brand message; any failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores through social media; a reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for website content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. If we are unable to properly manage these risks and effectively respond to the behavioral shift in retail consumer expectations, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.strategies.

Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure, in particular at one of our principal distribution facilities, may impair our ability to provide products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations, and meet the needs of our management.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations from design to distribution and as a method of communication with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Additionally, each of our operating groups utilizes e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems and e-commerce websites.

We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our business, including an ongoing transition towards more integrated systems for our businesses. We may experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of this financial systemour systems and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology systems, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse affect on our business or results of operations.

We may additionally have a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities. The primary distribution facilities that we operate are: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington for our Tommy Bahama products; a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for our Lilly Pulitzer products; aand distribution centercenters in Toccoa, Georgia and Lyons, Georgia for our Lanier Clothes products;Apparel products. Each of these distribution centers relies on computer-controlled and automated equipment, which may be subject to a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United States. In addition, in the United Kingdom, we utilize a third party distribution center that manages substantially allnumber of the distribution activities for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and Europe.risks. Our ability to support our direct to consumer operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of these brand-focused distribution facilities, each of which manages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and distribution of finished goods for one of our operating groups.


24



If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses or otherwise, if our distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations, or if we are unable to receive goods in a distribution center or to ship the goods in a distribution center, were otherwise unavailable for shipment, as a result of a technology failure or otherwise, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers, and we could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.

Our business depends on our senior managementis subject to various federal, foreign, state and other key personnel,local laws and regulations, and the unsuccessful transitioncosts of key management responsibilities,compliance with, or the unexpected lossviolation of, individuals integral to our business, our inability to attractsuch laws and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel mayregulations could have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.costs or operations.

OverIn the last several years,United States, we have announced various changesare subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, including provisions relating to health insurance for our senior management,employees under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, which was signed into law in 2010, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs, logistics and similar operational matters. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions, including the retirement of our long-time Chief Executive Officer Mr. J. Hicks Lanier from that position at the end of 2012those where we may operate retail stores, requires compliance with similar laws and promotions within senior management at Ben Sherman in 2013. Our senior management has substantial experienceregulations. These laws and expertiseregulations, in the apparelUnited States and related industries,abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will in the future be compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having workedbusiness practices to comply with our company for more than 25 years, including in various executive management capacities. Changes in key management positions have inherent risks,existing or future laws or regulations, and there are no assurances thatunfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our recent changes in management will not disruptsuppliers or licensees, may restrict our business or operations, distract employees and/or affect our strategic relationships.


26

Table of Contents

Our success also depends upon disciplined execution at all levelsability to import products, require a recall of our organization, includingproducts, lead to fines or otherwise increase our senior management. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and we competecosts, negatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees, materially limit our ability to operate our business or result in adverse publicity.

In addition, like many retailers, we are impacted by trends in litigation, including class action litigation brought under various consumer protection and employment laws and are subject to various claims and pending or threatened lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business operations. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings, and regardless of the outcome or whether the claims have merit, legal proceedings may be expensive and require our management devote significant time to defend.

Also, the restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations.

Regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these individualsissues. For example, the negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of violations at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

Furthermore, as a publicly traded company, we are subject to a significant body of regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Compliance with other companies that may have greater financialthese regulations requires us to devote time and management resources than us. Whileto institute corporate processes and compliance programs and to update these processes and programs in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements and could affect the manner in which we believeoperate our businesses. We cannot provide assurance that we are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable corporate regulations. We could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines or other sanctions or litigation, or our brand reputation could suffer, either as a result of a failure to comply with any of these regulations or our disclosures in response to these regulations.

The acquisition of new businesses and the divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines have depth withincertain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team if we lose any key executives,and unexpected costs resulting from the transaction.
Growth of our business through acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model is a component of our business strategy. Generally, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including: the current competitive climate for suitable acquisition candidates, which is driving market multiples; the benefits of the acquisition not materializing as planned or not materializing within the time periods or to the extent anticipated; our ability to manage the people and processes of an acquired business; difficulties in retaining key relationships with customers and suppliers; risks in entering geographic markets and/or product

25



categories in which we have no or limited prior experience; and the possibility that we pay more to consummate an acquisition than the value we derive from the acquired business.

As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, our recourse may be limited and we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable or collectible. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial performancecondition and results of operations.

In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Merger and acquisition activity is inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that any acquisition will be successful and will not materially harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

Additionally, acquisitions may cause us to incur debt or make dilutive issuances of our equity securities; cause large one-time expenses; or create goodwill or other intangible assets that could result in significant impairment charges in the future. In connection with acquisitions, we would also make various estimates and assumptions in order to determine purchase price allocation and estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If our estimates or assumptions are not accurate, we may suffer losses that could be harmed.material.

From time to time, we also divest or discontinue businesses and/or product lines that do not align with our strategy or provide the returns that we expect or desire. For example, during Fiscal 2015, we sold the operations and assets of our former Ben Sherman operating group. Disposition transactions, as well as the discontinuation of business and/or product lines, may result in underutilization of our retained resources if the exited operations are not replaced with new lines of business, either internally or through acquisition. In addition, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities, some of which may be triggered or increased by a purchaser’s operation of the disposed business following the transaction. Those liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, and any failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One key component of our business strategy is organic growth in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing our market share in existing markets, including to existing wholesale customers; expanding the demographic appeal of our brands; and increasing the product offerings within our various operating groups, including, for example, our ongoing emphasis to develop and grow Tommy Bahama’s women’s business. Successful growth of our business is subject to, among other things, our ability to implement plans for expanding our existing businesses at satisfactory levels. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

In addition, we will needhave and intend to plan for the succession of our senior management and successfully integrate new members of management within our organization. The unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could negatively affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

Breaches of information security or privacy could damage our reputation or credibility and cause us financial harm.

As an ongoing part of our business operations, including direct to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and utilize sensitive and confidential personal information. The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern. Consumer awareness and sensitivity to privacy breaches and cybersecurity threats has heightened recently, and, despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, human error or otherwise, our reputation and credibility could be damaged and we could experience lost sales. In the event of a breach, we may also incur significant costs in connection with litigation and/or the implementation of additional security measures to comply with state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, as well as in enhancing cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants.

In addition, privacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them or similar security standards, such as those created by the payment card industry, may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costscontinue to make necessary systems changessignificant investment in growing our Tommy Bahama and implement new administrative processes. Our failure to comply with these lawsLilly Pulitzer brands, which includes investment in technology and regulations, infrastructure; retail stores and restaurants; office and distribution center facilities; and personnel. These investments may not yield the full benefits we anticipate and/or similar security standards, could lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity.sales growth may be outpaced by increases in operating costs, putting downward pressure on our operating margins and adversely affecting our results of operations.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as certain contractual arrangements, including licenses, and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. In Fiscal 2013, 89%2015, 90% of our consolidated net sales were attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree uponon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United

26



States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.

From time to time, we discover products that are counterfeit reproductions of our products, or that otherwise infringe on our proprietary rights.rights or that otherwise seek to mimic or leverage our intellectual property. These activities typically increase as brand recognition increases, especially in markets outside the United States. Counterfeiting of our brands could divert away sales, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. As we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of our distribution and marketing, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

In the United States, we are subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs,

27

Table of Contents

logistics and similar operational issues. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions, including those where we may operate retail stores, requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will be in the future compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, materially limit our ability to operate our business or result in adverse publicity.

In addition, the restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations.

Regardless of whether allegations related to these matters are valid or whether we become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to one restaurant may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

Additionally, as a publicly traded company, we are subject to a significant body of regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, including final rules recently adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act requiring the disclosure of certain uses of “conflict minerals” in products we sell. Compliance with these regulations requires us to devote time and management resources to institute corporate processes and compliance programs and to update these processes and programs in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements and could affect the manner in which we operate our businesses. We cannot provide assurance that we are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable corporate regulations. We could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines or other sanctions or litigation or our brand reputation could suffer, either as a result of a failure to comply with any of these regulations or our disclosures in response to these regulations.

Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our global income tax exposure. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including among others a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years,years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties,treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions,jurisdictions; the realization of any anticipated net operating loss carryforwards; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

In addition, a number of proposals for broad reform of the United States corporate tax system are under evaluation by various legislative and administrative bodies. Although it is not possible to accurately determine the overall effect of these recommendations and proposals on our effective tax rate, changes such as these may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. In addition, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. In recent years, we have from time to time seen increases in the costs of certain raw materials, particularly cotton, as a result of rising demand from the economic recovery, weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices.

In addition,recent years, we have recentlyalso seen increases in the cost of labor at many of our suppliers, particularly with the growth of the middle class in certain countries, as well as in freight costs. In China, for example, apparel manufacturers have experienced increased costs resulting fromdue to labor shortages and other factors, and these increased oil prices. We believe that these cost pressures may not be alleviated in the near future and could further increase.

costs are often passed on to us. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, these product costing pressures, as well as other variable cost pressures, may materially increase our costs, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers, particularly in our Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman operating groups.


28

Table of Contents

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model, and any failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One component of our business strategy is to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing our market share in existing markets, including to existing wholesale customers; and increasing the product offerings within our various operating groups. Successful growth of our business through organic growth and/or acquisitions is subject to, among other things, our ability to implement plans for expanding our existing businesses and to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future. We may not be successful in this regard, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Continued challenges with implementing our long-term strategic plans at Ben Sherman could continue to have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The Ben Sherman brand continues to face challenges due to the recent sluggish economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe and missteps in the merchandise mix in our own retail stores during Fiscal 2012. Ben Sherman’s recent results have been exacerbated by a number of related factors, including operational and product assortment issues relating to inventory management, control of expenses, buying and merchandising decisions, pricing decisions and underperformance of retail stores. While we believe that Ben Sherman will have growth opportunities in the long-term if our cost-cutting initiatives at Ben Sherman are effective and the economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe continue to improve, there can be no assurances that our actions will be successful. Continued operational or product issues could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.customers.

We may not be successful in identifying locations and negotiating appropriate lease terms for retail stores and restaurants.

An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were 47%49% of our consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2013,2015, and we expect to increase the number of our retail stores during Fiscal 20142016 and in future years. Most of our retail stores and restaurants are located in shopping malls and lifestyle centers that benefit from the ability of “anchor” retail tenants, generally large department stores, and other area attractions and businesses, to generate sufficient levels of consumer traffic in the vicinity of our stores and restaurants.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate retail locations, the overall ability of the retail location to attract a consumer

27



base sufficient to make store sales volume profitable, and our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel.personnel, and our ability to timely construct and complete any build-out and open the location in accordance with our plans. We compete with other retailersothers for these favorable store locations, lease terms and desired personnel. If we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations, retail growth may be limited. Further, any decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, whether because of general economic conditions, changes in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants, or otherwise, could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin, and results of operations.

Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for which we also incur substantial fixed costs for eacha location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation. From time to time, we seek to downsize or close some of our retail store or restaurant operations, which may require a modification or termination of an existing lease; such actions may require payment of exit fees and/or result in fixed asset impairment charges, the amounts of which could be material.

In addition, our retail store and restaurant leases generally grant the third party landlord with discretion on a number of operational matters, such as store hours and construction of our improvements. RecentThe recent consolidation within the commercial real estate development, operation and/or management industries may further reduce our leverage with those parties, thereby materially adversely affecting the terms of future leases for our retail stores and restaurants or making entering into long-term commitments with such parties cost prohibitive.

In recent years, we opened newhave expanded our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations into international markets; these efforts may continue to adversely impact our results of operations.

Starting in Fiscal 2012, we expanded our Tommy Bahama retail stores in various jurisdictions in Asia and also began operating stores in Australia and Canada, and we anticipate continuing to expand our Tommy Bahamaoperations into international operationsmarkets, specifically in the future; these efforts may not be successful.

29

Table of Contents


During Fiscal 2012Asia-Pacific region and Fiscal 2013,in Canada. While we opened six Tommy Bahama retail stores in Asia, which was our initial entry directly operating in these Asian markets, and acquired the Tommy Bahama-related businesses in Australia and Canada, including existing retail stores, from our former licensees. We continue to look for additional, brand-appropriate locations for retail stores in these markets, particularly in Australia and Canada in the Asia-Pacificnear term, we have also undertaken exploratory efforts to identify suitable third party distribution partners in various international markets. The continued development of ourOur Tommy Bahama international infrastructure and related store openings has had, and will continue to have, a negative impact on our operating results until we are able to fully scale our infrastructure costs and generate sufficient sales inand other income through those operations to offset the ongoingrequisite infrastructure costs.

We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices related to international retail store operations in the Asia-Pacific region, and expanding our operations into these territories requires significant capital investment and long-term commitments, and there are risks associated with doing business in these markets, including lack of brand recognition in certain markets; understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes; understanding sizing and fitting in these markets; market acceptance of our products, which is difficult to assess immediately; establishing appropriate market-specific operational and logistics functions and operational infrastructure;functions; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; local regulations relating to employment and retail and restaurant operations; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks or if our international expansion efforts do not prove successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.continue to be negatively impacted.

In addition, we are subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the local laws of the foreign countries into which we enter. If any of our international operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.

In the future, we may elect to operate in certain international markets through joint ventures with third parties or retail license and/or wholesale distribution arrangements with third parties. Any such arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including our reliance on the operational skill and expertise of a local operator, the ability of the joint venture or operator to manage its employees and appropriately represent our brands in those markets, and any protective rights that we may be forced to grant to the third party, which could limit our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of such a relationship.

Our geographical concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida and California for our Tommy Bahama retail stores (45(52 out of 120141 domestic stores in these states as of February 1, 2014),January 30, 2016) and Florida for our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores (six(12 out of 2334 stores as of February 1, 2014), and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores (9 out of 17 stores as of February 1, 2014)January 30, 2016). Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations

28



for these brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

We schedule production from third party manufacturers based on our expectations for the demand for our products. However, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered in advance from manufacturers or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, we may not be in a position to order quality products from our manufacturers in a timely manner and/or we may experience inventory shortages as demand for our products increases, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. Substantially all of our orders for the production of apparel in foreign countries are denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.

We received U.S. dollars for more than 90% of our product sales during Fiscal 2013. The sales denominated in foreign currencies primarily relate to Ben Sherman sales in the United Kingdom and Europe. As we increase our operations in foreign markets, the volume of our sales denominated in foreign currencies would be expected to increase. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to these other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. In addition, to the extent that a stronger U.S. dollar increases costs, and the products are sold in another currency, but the additional cost cannot be passed on to our customers, our gross margins will be negatively impacted.

30

Table of Contents


Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.

The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.

From time to time, we acquire new businesses or product lines when we believe appropriate investment opportunities are available. For example during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013, we acquired the Tommy Bahama-related businesses in Australia and Canada, respectively, from our former licensees. As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business or assets acquired. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

We hold licenses for the use of other parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.

We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, such as Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar,Nick Graham, to market some of our products. During Fiscal 2013,2015, sales of products bearing brands licensed to us accounted for 7%6% of our consolidated net sales and 57%53% of our Lanier ClothesApparel net sales. When we enter into these license and design agreements, they generally provide for short contract durations (typically three to five years); these agreements often include options that we may exercise to extend the term of the contract but, when available, those option rights are subject to our satisfaction of certain contingencies (e.g., minimum sales thresholds) that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Competitive conditions for the right to use popular trademarks means that we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration, that the terms of any renewal will not result in operating margin pressures or reduced profitability, or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other desirable trademarks. The termination or expiration of a license agreement will cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license, which could be material, and in certain cases could also result in an impairment charge for related intangible assets.

Our license agreements generally require us to receive approval from the brand’s owner of all design and other elements of the licensed products we sell prior to production, as well as to receive approval from the brand owner of distribution channels in which we may sell and the manner in which we market and distribute licensed products. Any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in the termination of the license agreement.

In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products

31

Table of Contents

and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, or the licensors otherwise change the parameters of design, pricing, distribution or marketing, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we had $137.6$44.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and $4.0 million in borrowings outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. In the future, our debt levels may increase under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change.

Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in our debt agreements limit our ability to incur debt, guaranty certain obligations, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make investments, including the amount we may generally invest in, or use to support, our foreign operations, sell assets, make acquisitions, merge with other companies, or satisfy other debt. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.


29



In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our debt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. Although from time to time we may enter into hedging arrangements to limit our exposure to interest rate risk, anAn increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds from operations towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.

The continued growth of our business, including the completion of potentially desirable acquisitions, also depends on our access to sufficient funds. We typically rely on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and investment activities. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we had $92.6$185.9 million in unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by our operations and existing credit facilities, we may need to seek additional funding.funding, whether through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and, depending on the sources of financing, our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions, and theconditions. The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies.

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. For example, a severe and prolonged disruption to ocean freight transportation, such as the disruption to West Coast port operations in 2014 and 2015 due to a port workers’ union dispute, delayed our receipt of product. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations or within government licensing or permitting offices. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing and retail operations, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. The substantial majority of our orders for the production of apparel in foreign countries is denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.

We received U.S. dollars for more than 95% of our product sales during Fiscal 2015. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. In addition, to the extent that a stronger U.S. dollar increases costs, and the products are sold in another currency but the additional cost cannot be passed on to our customers, our gross margins will be negatively impacted.

Our operations may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Our sales volume and operations may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain

30



geographic regions, the concentration of our sourcing operations and the concentration of our distribution operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business could be impacted as a result of actions by activist shareholders or others.

We may be subject, from time to time, to legal and business challenges in the operation of our company due to actions instituted by activist shareholders or others. Responding to such actions could be costly and time-consuming, may not align with our business strategies and could divert the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit of our business strategies. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of shareholder activism may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of the business or other instability and may affect our relationships with vendors, customers and other third parties.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2.    Properties
We lease and own space for our retail stores, distribution centers, sales/administration office space and manufacturing facilities in various domestic and international locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations.

32

Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for retail space. Most of the leases require us to pay specified minimum rent, as well as a portion of operating expenses, real estate taxes and insurance applicable to the property, plus a contingent rent based on a percentage of the store's net sales in excess of a specific threshold. The leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated.conditions. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Periodically, we assess the operating results of each of our retail stores and restaurants to assess whether the location provides, or is expected to provide, an appropriate long-term return on investment, whether the location remains brand appropriate and other factors. As a result of this assessment, we may determine that it is appropriate to close certain stores that do not continue to meet our investment criteria, not renew certain leases, exercise an early termination option, or otherwise negotiate an early termination. For existing leases in desirable locations, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our retail leases, to the extent that they expire in the near future, on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. We also believe that there are abundantsufficient retail spaces available for the continued expansion of our retail store footprint in the near future.
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, our retail and restaurant operations utilized approximately 0.80.9 million square feet of leased space in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia Asia and Europe.Asia. Each of our retail stores and restaurants is less than 20,000 square feet, and we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual retail store or restaurant location for our business operations. Our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman retail stores are operated by the respective management of each operating group, and greaterGreater detail about the retail space used by each operating group is included in Part I, Item 1, Business included in this report.
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we also utilized approximately 1.01.5 million square feet of owned or leased distribution, manufacturing and manufacturingadministrative/sales facilities in the United States, and Mexico and approximately 0.4 million square feet of leased and owned administrative and sales space in various locations, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, China and Hong Kong. In addition to our owned distribution facilities, we may utilize certain third party warehouse/distribution providers where we do not own or lease any space. Our distribution, manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities provide space for employees and functions used in support of our retail, wholesale and e-commerce operations.
Details of the principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities used in our operations, including approximate square footage, are as follows:

31



LocationPrimary UseOperating Group
Square
Footage
Lease
Expiration
Primary UseOperating Group
Square
Footage
Lease
Expiration
Seattle, WashingtonSales/administrationTommy Bahama80,000
2015Sales/administrationTommy Bahama110,000
2026
Auburn, WashingtonDistribution centerTommy Bahama260,000
2015Distribution centerTommy Bahama325,000
2025
King of Prussia, PennsylvaniaSales/administrationLilly Pulitzer40,000
OwnedSales/administration and distribution centerLilly Pulitzer160,000
Owned
King of Prussia, PennsylvaniaDistribution centerLilly Pulitzer65,000
Owned
Toccoa, GeorgiaDistribution centerLanier Clothes310,000
OwnedDistribution centerLanier Apparel310,000
Owned
Merida, MexicoManufacturing plantLanier Clothes80,000
OwnedManufacturing plantLanier Apparel80,000
Owned
London, EnglandSales/administrationBen Sherman20,000
2024
Lurgan, Northern IrelandSales/administrationBen Sherman10,000
Owned
Atlanta, GeorgiaSales/administrationCorporate and Other and Lanier Clothes30,000
2023Sales/administrationCorporate and Other and Lanier Apparel30,000
2023
Lyons, GeorgiaSales/administrationCorporate and Other and Ben Sherman90,000
Owned
Lyons, GeorgiaDistribution centerCorporate and Other and Ben Sherman330,000
OwnedSales/administration and distribution centerCorporate and Other and Lanier Apparel420,000
Owned
New York, New YorkSales/administrationVarious40,000
VariousSales/administrationVarious40,000
Various
Hong KongSales/administrationVarious20,000
VariousSales/administrationVarious20,000
Various

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to litigation or regulatory actions, or aware of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities, that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

3332

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market and Dividend Information
Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OXM." As of March 14, 2014,15, 2016, there were 279285 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices and quarter-end closing prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters indicated. Additionally, the table indicates the dividends per share declared on shares of our common stock by our Board of Directors for each quarter.
HighLowCloseDividendsHighLowCloseDividends
Fiscal 2013 
Fiscal 2015 
First Quarter$80.93
$51.13
$78.11
$0.25
Second Quarter$90.00
$73.36
$83.93
$0.25
Third Quarter$91.24
$67.62
$72.82
$0.25
Fourth Quarter$82.16
$69.62
$75.47
$0.18
$74.72
$54.79
$69.86
$0.25
Fiscal 2014 
First Quarter$82.84
$64.17
$65.74
$0.21
Second Quarter$72.63
$58.53
$59.39
$0.21
Third Quarter$72.25
$61.10
$69.84
$0.18
$66.18
$58.11
$61.25
$0.21
Second Quarter$69.09
$57.86
$68.20
$0.18
First Quarter$60.71
$42.19
$60.61
$0.18
Fiscal 2012 
Fourth Quarter$57.97
$43.69
$49.61
$0.15
$67.13
$50.13
$55.94
$0.21
Third Quarter$59.36
$41.09
$53.90
$0.15
Second Quarter$50.44
$39.12
$44.24
$0.15
First Quarter$52.64
$43.87
$49.44
$0.15
On March 25, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.21 per share payable on May 2, 2014 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 17, 2014. Although weWe have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960,1960; however, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, other debt instruments contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods.
For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during Fiscal 2013.2015.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated PurchasesPurchasers
We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the vesting of previously restricted shares. We did not repurchase any of our common shares pursuant to these plans during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013.2015.
In Fiscal 2012, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $50 million to repurchase shares of our common stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our common stock and has no automatic expiration. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, no shares of our common stock had been repurchased pursuant to this authorization.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

34

Table of Contents

The information required by this Item 5 of Part II will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and is incorporated herein by reference.


33



Stock Price Performance Graph
The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years, beginning January 31, 200929, 2011 and ending February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, of:
The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and

The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.



 INDEXED RETURNS INDEXED RETURNS
BaseYears EndingBaseYears Ending
Period Period 
Company / Index1/31/091/30/101/29/111/28/122/02/132/01/141/29/111/28/122/02/132/01/141/31/151/30/16
Oxford Industries, Inc.100275.54375.47785.80801.731232.91100209.28213.53328.36246.75312.49
S&P SmallCap 600 Index100138.97180.75196.91228.46290.21100108.94126.39160.56170.44162.45
S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods100188.96259.62370.73344.55399.86100142.80132.71154.02159.68133.78



34



Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
Our selected financial data included in the table below reflects (1) the results of operations for Lilly Pulitzer subsequent to its acquisition date of December 21, 2010 and (2) the divestiture of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operationsBen Sherman operating group in Fiscal 2010,2015, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

35

Table Cash flow, capital expenditures, equity compensation, depreciation and amortization amounts below include amounts for both continuing and discontinued operations as our consolidated statements of Contentscash flow are presented on a consolidated basis including continuing and discontinued operations.

Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011Fiscal 2010Fiscal 2009Fiscal 2015
Fiscal 2014
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
(In millions, except per share amounts)(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net sales$917.1
$855.5
$758.9
$603.9
$585.3
$969.3
$920.3
$849.9
$773.6
$667.5
Cost of goods sold403.5
386.0
345.9
276.5
294.5
411.2
402.4
368.4
343.5
301.0
Gross profit513.6
469.5
413.0
327.4
290.8
558.1
517.9
481.5
430.1
366.5
SG&A447.6
410.7
358.6
302.0
283.7
475.0
439.1
399.1
362.7
307.0
Change in fair value of contingent consideration0.3
6.3
2.4
0.2

Royalties and other operating income19.0
16.4
16.8
15.4
11.8
14.4
13.9
13.9
10.7
10.0
Operating income84.7
69.0
68.8
40.7
18.9
97.5
92.8
96.3
78.1
69.5
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
(9.1)(9.0)
(1.8)
Loss on repurchase of debt


(9.1)(9.0)
Interest expense, net4.2
8.9
16.3
19.9
18.7
2.5
3.2
3.9
8.7
16.1
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes80.5
50.9
43.5
20.8
(1.6)
Income taxes (benefit)35.2
19.6
14.3
4.5
(2.9)
Earnings from continuing operations45.3
31.3
29.2
16.2
1.4
Earnings, including gain on sale, from discontinued operations, net of taxes

0.1
62.4
13.2
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes95.1
89.6
92.4
60.3
44.4
Income taxes36.5
35.8
36.9
23.1
15.6
Net earnings from continuing operations58.5
53.8
55.4
37.2
28.9
(Loss) income, including loss on sale, from discontinued operations, net of taxes(28.0)(8.0)(10.1)(5.9)0.5
Net earnings$45.3
$31.3
$29.4
$78.7
$14.6
$30.6
$45.8
$45.3
$31.3
$29.4
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share$2.75
$1.89
$1.77
$0.98
$0.09
$3.54
$3.27
$3.36
$2.24
$1.75
Diluted earnings from discontinued operations per share, including the gain on sale in Fiscal 2010$
$
$0.01
$3.77
$0.81
Diluted (loss) income, including loss on sale, from discontinued operations per share$(1.69)$(0.49)$(0.62)$(0.36)$0.03
Diluted net earnings per share$2.75
$1.89
$1.78
$4.75
$0.90
$1.85
$2.78
$2.75
$1.89
$1.78
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding16.5
16.6
16.5
16.6
16.3
16.6
16.5
16.5
16.6
16.5
Dividends declared and paid$11.9
$9.9
$8.6
$7.3
$5.9
$16.6
$13.9
$11.9
$9.9
$8.6
Dividends declared and paid per share$0.72
$0.60
$0.52
$0.44
$0.36
$1.00
$0.84
$0.72
$0.60
$0.52
Total assets, at period-end$627.3
$556.1
$509.2
$558.5
$425.2
$582.7
$622.4
$606.9
$533.1
$489.5
Long-term debt at period-end$137.6
$108.6
$103.4
$147.1
$146.4
$44.0
$104.8
$137.6
$108.6
$103.4
Shareholders' equity, at period-end$260.2
$229.8
$204.1
$180.0
$104.4
$334.4
$290.6
$260.2
$229.8
$204.1
Net cash provided by operating activities$52.7
$67.1
$44.2
$35.7
$61.0
Cash provided by operating activities$105.4
$95.4
$52.7
$67.1
$44.2
Capital expenditures$43.4
$60.7
$35.3
$13.3
$11.3
$73.1
$50.4
$43.4
$60.7
$35.3
Depreciation and amortization included in earnings from continuing operations$33.9
$26.3
$27.2
$19.2
$22.6
Stock compensation expense included in earnings from continuing operations$1.7
$2.8
$2.2
$4.5
$4.0
LIFO accounting charges included in earnings from continuing operations$
$4.0
$5.8
$3.8
$4.9
Depreciation and amortization expense$36.4
$37.6
$33.9
$26.3
$27.2
Equity compensation expense$5.2
$4.1
$1.7
$2.8
$2.2
LIFO accounting charge$0.3
$2.1
$
$4.0
$5.8
Book value per share at period-end$15.85
$13.85
$12.35
$10.90
$6.34
$20.14
$17.64
$15.85
$13.85
$12.35

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.



35



OVERVIEW
We generate revenuesare a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and cash flow primarily through our design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded appareldistributes products bearing the trademarks of our owned Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. We distributeDuring Fiscal 2015, 91% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, and 66% of our net sales were sales of our products through our direct to consumer channels including our retail stores, e-commerce sites and restaurants, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores, specialty stores, national chains,

36

Table of Contents

specialty catalogs, mass merchants, warehouse clubs and Internet retailers.distribution. In Fiscal 2013,2015, more than 90%95% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the sales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben ShermanTommy Bahama products in the United KingdomCanada and Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama product in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada. We source substantially all of our products through third party manufacturers located outside of the United States.

region.
Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products and, as suitable opportunities arise, we may acquire additionalconsider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude.  Furthermore, we believe fit within our business model. We believe that lifestyle branded productsbrands like Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, that create an emotional connection with consumers, can command greater customer loyalty, and higher price points at retail resultingand create licensing opportunities, which may result in higher earnings. We also believe that the attraction of a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunitiesto consumers is dependent on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message and distributing the product to the consumer where and when they want it. 
Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.  Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.
In order to further strengthen each lifestyle brand's connections with consumers, we communicate regularly with consumers via the use of electronic and print media.  We believe that our ability to effectively communicate with consumers and create an emotional connection is critical to the success of the brands.
We distribute our owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of our retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel. Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, present to them the full line of our current season products and provide an opportunity for consumers to be immersed in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. Our 123 Tommy Bahama and 34 Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term growth for the brands. In Tommy Bahama, we also operate 16 restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store locations, which we believe further enhance the brand's image with consumers.
Additionally, our e-commerce websites, which represented 17% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2015, provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of products. Our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce flash clearance sales on our websites, as well as licensing opportunitiesour 41 Tommy Bahama outlet stores, play an important role in product categories beyondoverall brand and inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products in brand appropriate settings and at better prices than are typically available from third parties.
The wholesale operations of our core business.lifestyle brands complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers. As we seek to maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websites, we generally target select wholesale customers that follow this same approach in their stores. Our wholesale customers for our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands include better department stores and specialty stores.

Within our Lanier Apparel operating group, we sell tailored clothing and sportswear products under licensed brands, private label products and owned brands to department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, discount retailers, specialty retailers and others throughout the United States.
WeAll of our operating groups operate in highly competitive domestic and internationalapparel markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers. In some instances, a retailer that is our customer may compete directly with us by offering certain of its own competing products in its own retail stores. Additionally, the

The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel and retail industry than these conditions may have on other industries.

We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that have prevailed in recent years continue to impact each of our operating groups,

36



business, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, the apparel retail environment remains very promotionalincreasingly more promotional.

Additionally, the apparel retail market is evolving as a result of shifting shopping patterns and economic uncertainty remains.technological advances, with e-commerce playing an increasingly important role and bricks and mortar retail stores playing a different role in consumers' journey to their ultimate purchase. The industry is also being impacted by the coming of age of the millenial generation whose values and approach to the marketplace are so different from past generations. We anticipatebelieve that sales of our products may continuelifestyle brands are ideally suited to be negatively impacted as long as there is an elevated level of economic uncertaintysucceed and thrive in geographies in which we operate. Additionally, we have been impacted in recent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, fuel, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products, which continued in Fiscal 2013.long-term while managing the various challenges facing our industry.

We believe that our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of ourbricks and mortar retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and increasesattempt to increase comparable retail store sales, and higher sales in same store andour e-commerce sales, with e-commerceoperations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable bricks and mortar retail store operations.sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We also believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Apparel in the future through new product programs for existing and new customers.

We believe that we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store and restaurant build-out and remodels, e-commerce initiatives, technology enhancements and distribution center and technology enhancements as well asadministrative office expansion initiatives. Additionally, we anticipate increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to provide future net sales growth and support the ongoing business operations. We expect that the investments will continue to put downward pressure on our operating margins in the nearoperations and fuel future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.

We believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Clothes through new product programs, including pants; however, we also believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging, which may negatively impact net sales, operating income and operating margin. The Ben Sherman lifestyle brand has faced challenges in recent years with sales and operating results on a downward trajectory. During Fiscal 2013, we appointed a new CEO and strengthened the management team of the brand, refocused the business on its core consumer, reduced operating expenses and improved the operation of the Ben Sherman retail stores. Much work remains to generate satisfactory financial results in the long-term; however, we believe, as a result of these actions, that Ben Sherman has ample opportunities to increase sales and thereby generate significantly improved operating results in the future.growth.

We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and liquidity. We believe that our positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with amplesufficient resources to fund future investments in our owned lifestyle brands. In the future, we may add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio, if we

37

Table of Contents

identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria; however,While we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands.brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria.
The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results from continuing operations (in thousands, except per share amounts) for the 52-week Fiscal 20132015 compared to the 53-week Fiscal 2012 :
2014:
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014
Net sales$917,097
$855,542
$969,290
$920,325
Operating income$84,670
$68,971
$97,514
$92,819
Net earnings$45,291
$31,317
Net earnings per diluted share$2.75
$1.89
Net earnings from continuing operations$58,537
$53,797
Net earnings from continuing operations per diluted share$3.54
$3.27

The primary reasons for the higher net earnings from continuing operations in Fiscal 2013 were:

Net sales increases2015 primarily resulted from (1) higher operating income in excess of 10% in both the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer reflecting higher net sales and gross margins partially offset by higher SG&A associated with expanding operations, (2) a lower operating groups;

Fiscal 2012 includingloss in Corporate and Other reflecting a charge of $9.1 million related to a loss on the repurchase of senior notes, which resulted from our July 2012 redemption of the remaining $105 million in aggregate principal amount of our 11.375% Senior Secured Notes ("Senior Secured Notes") primarily using borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, with no loss on repurchase of senior notes in Fiscal 2013;
A $6.0 million reduction in the charge for the change in the fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2013;

A $4.8 million reduction in interest expense in Fiscal 2013 to $4.2 million primarily due to our borrowing at lower interest rates for the first half of Fiscal 2013 compared to the first half of Fiscal 2012 as a result of our July 2012 Senior Secured Notes redemption;

A $4.1 million reduction in the LIFO accounting charge, in Fiscal 2013 as there was no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013;

SG&A reductions in Ben Sherman, primarily due to certain cost savings initiatives,(3) lower interest expense and Corporate and Other, primarily due to(4) lower incentive compensation amounts earned; and

Fiscal 2013 including a $1.6 million gain on the sale of property and equipment.

effective tax rate. These favorable items were partially offset by:

An increaseby (1) lower operating income in SG&A for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer which was primarily due to $30.8 million of incrementalreflecting higher SG&A associated with the operationexpanding operations and lower gross margin, partially offset by the impact of retail stores openedhigher net sales and (2) lower operating income in Lanier Apparel reflecting the impact of lower sales partially offset by a higher gross margin.

Discontinued operations
Discontinued operations include the assets and operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in July 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group. Net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes was $28.0 million in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 and other SG&A increases2015 compared to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses;

A $14.7a net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes of $8.0 million decrease in net sales in Ben Sherman;

Our effective tax rate increasing to 43.7% in Fiscal 2013 compared2014 with the larger net loss primarily due to 38.5%the $20.5 million loss on sale of the Ben Sherman operations. We do not anticipate significant operations or earnings related to the discontinued operations in future periods, with cash flow attributable to discontinued operations in future periods primarily limited to the post-closing purchase price adjustments paid in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2012; although both years reflect2016 and amounts associated with certain lease obligations related to the unfavorable impact of foreign losses forBen Sherman business which we were not ableretained in connection with the transaction. Refer to recognize an income tax benefit and the favorable impact of a decrease in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom, Fiscal 2012 also benefited from certain other favorable discrete items which reduced the effective tax rate; and

37



$2.1 million of chargesNote 12 in the aggregate incurredour consolidated financial statements included in Fiscal 2013 related to an inventory step-up charge and amortization of intangible assets as a result of our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama operations in Canada in the second quarter of Fiscal 2013.this report for additional information about discontinued operations.

OPERATING GROUPS
Our business is primarily operatedoperates through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman.Apparel operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused

38

Table of Contents

management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations. For a description of each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, both included in this report.
Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets
In Fiscal 2015, as a result of certain organizational and distributes men'smanagement reporting changes, our Oxford Golf operations, which were previously included in Corporate and women's sportswearOther, are considered part of and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be foundincluded in our Tommy Bahama storesLanier Apparel operating group. For all periods presented, amounts for Lanier Apparel include the Oxford Golf operations, while amounts for Corporate and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories.
Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. Lilly Pulitzer was originally created in the late 1950's and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.
Lanier Clothes designs, sources and markets branded and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands include Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London, Arnold Brant and Oxford Republic brands. In addition to the branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs and sources private label tailored clothing products for certain customers. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers, warehouse clubs and discount retailers throughout the United States.
Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in markets throughout the world. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.
Other exclude those operations. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups, including our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups.
For further information regarding our operating groups, see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements and Part I, Item 1, Business, both included in this report.

COMPARABLE STORE SALES
We often disclose comparable store sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of operations between periods. Our disclosures of comparable store sales include net sales from full-price stores and our e-commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that given the similar nature and process of inventory planning, allocation and return policy, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives, for the direct to consumer channel, the inclusion of both our full-price stores and e-commerce sites in the comparable store sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our comparable store sales results.results, given similar inventory planning, allocation and return policies, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives for the direct to consumer channel. For our comparable store sales disclosures, we exclude (1) outlet store sales, warehouse sales and amounts related to e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those sales are used primarily to liquidate end of season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally occursoccur at lower gross margins than our full-price direct to consumer sales, and (2) restaurant sales, as we do not currently believe that the inclusion of restaurant sales is meaningful in assessing our consolidated results of operations. Comparable store sales information which reflects net sales, includesincluding shipping and handling revenues, if any, associated with product sales.
 

39

Table of Contents

For purposes of our disclosures, we consider a comparable store to be, in addition to our e-commerce sites, a physical full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not have during the relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to have, (1) a remodel resulting in the store being closed for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than 15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion, reduction or relocation to a new retail space, (3) a relocation to a new space that was significantly different from the prior retail space, or (4) a closing or opening of a Tommy Bahama restaurant adjacent to the retail store. For those stores which are excluded from comparable stores based on the preceding sentence, the stores continue to be excluded from comparable store sales until the criteria for a new store is met subsequent to the remodel, relocation or restaurant closing or opening. Generally, aA store that is remodeled generally will continue to be included in our comparable store sales metrics as a store is not typically closed for a two week period during a remodel; however, in some cases a store may be closed for more than two weeks during a remodel. However, aA store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable store sales metrics until that store has been open in the relocated space for the entirety of the prior fiscal year as the size or other characteristics of the store typically change significantly from the prior location. Additionally, any stores that were closed during the prior fiscal year or current fiscal year, or which we plan to close or vacate in the current fiscal year, are excluded from the definition of comparable stores.store sales.
 
Definitions and calculations of comparable store sales differ among companies in the apparel retail industry,companies, and therefore comparable store sales metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companies.




38



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding.
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Net sales$917,097
100.0%$855,542
100.0%$758,913
100.0%$969,290
100.0%$920,325
100.0%$849,879
100.0%
Cost of goods sold403,523
44.0%385,985
45.1%345,944
45.6%411,185
42.4%402,376
43.7%368,399
43.3%
Gross profit513,574
56.0%469,557
54.9%412,969
54.4%558,105
57.6%517,949
56.3%481,480
56.7%
SG&A447,645
48.8%410,737
48.0%358,582
47.2%475,031
49.0%439,069
47.7%399,104
47.0%
Change in fair value of contingent consideration275
%6,285
0.7%2,400
0.3%
Royalties and other operating income19,016
2.1%16,436
1.9%16,820
2.2%14,440
1.5%13,939
1.5%13,936
1.6%
Operating income84,670
9.2%68,971
8.1%68,807
9.1%97,514
10.1%92,819
10.1%96,312
11.3%
Interest expense, net4,169
0.5%8,939
1.0%16,266
2.1%2,458
0.3%3,236
0.4%3,940
0.5%
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
%9,143
1.1%9,017
1.2%
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes80,501
8.8%50,889
5.9%43,524
5.7%95,056
9.8%89,583
9.7%92,372
10.9%
Income taxes35,210
3.8%19,572
2.3%14,281
1.9%36,519
3.8%35,786
3.9%36,944
4.3%
Earnings from continuing operations$45,291
4.9%$31,317
3.7%$29,243
3.9%
Net earnings from continuing operations$58,537
6.0%$53,797
5.8%$55,428
6.5%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes(27,975)NM
(8,039)NM
(10,137)NM
Net earnings$30,562
NM
$45,758
NM
$45,291
NM

FISCAL 20132015 COMPARED TO FISCAL 20122014
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of earningsoperations for Fiscal 2013, which included 52 weeks, to2015 and Fiscal 2012, which included 53 weeks.2014. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of earningsoperations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group. Refer to Note 12 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about discontinued operations.
 
Net Sales

40

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$584,941
$528,639
$56,302
10.7 %$658,467
$627,498
$30,969
4.9 %
Lilly Pulitzer137,943
122,592
15,351
12.5 %204,626
167,736
36,890
22.0 %
Lanier Clothes109,530
107,272
2,258
2.1 %
Ben Sherman67,218
81,922
(14,704)(17.9)%
Lanier Apparel105,106
126,430
(21,324)(16.9)%
Corporate and Other17,465
15,117
2,348
15.5 %1,091
(1,339)2,430
NM
Total$917,097
$855,542
$61,555
7.2 %
Total net sales$969,290
$920,325
$48,965
5.3 %
 
Consolidated net sales increased $61.6$49.0 million, or 7.2%5.3%, in Fiscal 20132015 compared to Fiscal 2012 primarily due to the2014 reflecting changes in net sales increases at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which were partially offset by decreased net sales at Ben Sherman,of each operating group, as discussed below. Further, as direct to consumer sales grew at a faster rate than wholesales sales, net salesThe 5.3% increase in the direct to consumer channel of distribution represented a greater percentage of consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, as presented below:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Full price retail stores and outlets40%37%
E-commerce12%10%
Restaurant7%7%
Wholesale41%46%
Total100%100%
Tommy Bahama:
The Tommy Bahama sales increase of $56.3 million, or 10.7%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $38.0 million associated with North American direct to consumer operations that were not comparable between periods, (2) a $17.5$28.8 million, or 7%, increase in comparable store sales which includes full-price retail stores and full-price e-commerce sales to $254.0$418.3 million in the 52-week Fiscal 2013 compared to $236.52015 from $389.5 million in the 53-week Fiscal 2012, (3) a2014, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $7.7$28.4 million attributable toassociated with the expansionoperation of our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations in the Asia-Pacific region and (4)additional full-price stores, (3) a $4.1$5.4 million increase in North American restaurant sales. The $38.0sales resulting from the operation of additional restaurants and increased sales at existing restaurants, (4) a $5.2 million of sales associated with North American direct to consumer operations which were not comparable between periods include the sales associated with (1) domestic retail andnet increase in outlet stores opened during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) our Canadian retail store, operations which were acquired during the second quarter of Fiscal 2013 and (3) Tommy Bahama's initial e-commerce flash clearance sale, which occurredand warehouse sales. These increases in January 2014. The increases innet sales were partially offset by (1) a $8.5 million net sales decrease in the North American wholesale business, primarily resulting from reductions in orders from certain wholesale customers, and (2) a $2.5an $18.9 million decrease in wholesale sales including the $21.3 million decrease in Lanier Apparel. The following table presents the proportion of our consolidated net sales by distribution channel for each period presented:

39



 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014
Full-price retail stores, outlets and warehouse sales42%40%
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales17%15%
Restaurant7%7%
Wholesale34%38%
Total100%100%

Tommy Bahama:
The Tommy Bahama net sales increase of $31.0 million, or 4.9%, was primarily driven by (1) an incremental net sales increase of $18.0 million associated with the operation of additional full-price retail stores, (2) a $7.8 million, or 3%, increase in comparable store sales to $317.8 million in Fiscal 2015 from $310.0 million in Fiscal 2014, (3) a $5.4 million increase in restaurant sales resulting from the operation of two restaurants opened in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2015 as well as increased sales in existing restaurants and (4) a $2.1 million increase in outlet stores that were open for allstore and flash clearance sales, including the impact of new outlets opened in Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2013.2015. These increases in net sales were partially offset by a $2.9 million decrease in wholesale sales.

As of January 30, 2016, we operated 164 Tommy Bahama stores globally, consisting of 107 full-price retail stores, 16 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. As of January 31, 2015 we operated 157 Tommy Bahama stores globally consisting of 101 full-price retail stores, 15 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014
Full price retail stores and outlets51%48%
E-commerce13%11%
Full-price retail stores and outlets50%50%
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales15%14%
Restaurant10%10%11%10%
Wholesale26%31%24%26%
Total100%100%100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Tommy Bahama operated 141 retail stores compared to 113 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

Lilly Pulitzer:
 
The Lilly Pulitzer sales increase of $15.4 million, or 12.5%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $6.7 million associated with retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) a $4.4$36.9 million, or 9%22.0%, was primarily a result of (1) a $21.1 million, or 27%, increase in comparable store sales to $51.7$100.5 million in the 52-week Fiscal 20132015 compared to $47.4$79.5 million in the 53-week Fiscal 2012, (3) a wholesale2014, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $2.4$10.4 million andassociated with the operation of additional retail stores, (3) a $2.9 million increase in wholesale sales in Fiscal 2015, (4) $2.1 million of higheran increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $1.7 million to $18.4 million in Fiscal 2013.2015, and (5) $0.9 million higher sales at the June warehouse sale. As of January 30, 2016, we operated 34 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores compared to 28 retail stores as of January 31, 2015. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

41

Table of Contents


Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014
Full price retail stores32%30%
E-commerce25%24%
Full-price retail stores and warehouse sales38%34%
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales30%28%
Wholesale43%46%32%38%
Total100%100%100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Lilly Pulitzer operated 23 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.
Lanier Clothes:Apparel:
 
The increasedecrease in net sales for Lanier ClothesApparel of $2.3$21.3 million, or 2.1%16.9%, was due toreflects a $4.7 million increasedecrease in net sales in the private label business, partially offset by a decrease in net sales in theand branded business.businesses for both tailored clothing and sportswear. The increase in thebranded and private label business was primarily drivenbusinesses were unfavorably impacted by a new pants program for a warehouse club customer in Fiscal 2013 which offset decreases in other private label programs. The decrease in the branded business was primarily due to reduced volumereduction in or exit from certain programsreplenishment and softness in the business of certain of our customers.other programs.
 
Ben Sherman:
Net sales for Ben Sherman decreased by $14.7 million, or 17.9%, in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 , due to a $14.2 million decline in wholesale sales and a slight decline in direct to consumer net sales in Fiscal 2013. The lower wholesale sales reflect (1) our exit from certain wholesale accounts in the United Kingdom and the United States and (2) lower amounts of off-price sales. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Ben Sherman for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Direct to Consumer46%38%
Wholesale54%62%
Total100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Ben Sherman operated 17 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

Corporate and Other:
 
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consistedconsist of the net sales of our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses. The $2.3 million increase inas well as the impact of the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups, which exceeded net sales forof our Lyons,

40



Georgia distribution center in Fiscal 2014. The increase in Corporate and Other sales was primarily driven by higher netdue to a smaller unfavorable impact of the elimination of intercompany sales in our Oxford Golf business during Fiscal 2013.2015.
 
Gross Profit
 
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 20132015 and Fiscal 20122014 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$393,221
$377,415
$15,806
4.2 %
Lilly Pulitzer132,791
106,317
26,474
24.9 %
Lanier Apparel30,460
34,159
(3,699)(10.8)%
Corporate and Other1,633
58
1,575
NM
Total gross profit$558,105
$517,949
$40,156
7.8 %
LIFO charge included in Corporate and Other254
2,131
 
 
The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily driven by higher net sales, as discussed above, as well as a change in sales mix as a greater proportion of consolidated net sales were Lilly Pulitzer sales, which typically has higher gross margins than our other operating groups, and the net favorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2015 as compared to Fiscal 2014. In addition to the impact of the changes in net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group was impacted by the change in sales mix and gross margin within each operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014.
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014
Tommy Bahama59.7%60.1%
Lilly Pulitzer64.9%63.4%
Lanier Apparel29.0%27.0%
Corporate and OtherNM
NM
Consolidated gross margin57.6%56.3%

On a consolidated basis, gross margin increased in Fiscal 2015, primarily as a result of (1) Lilly Pulitzer representing a greater proportion and Lanier Apparel representing a lower proportion of consolidated net sales, (2) direct to consumer sales, which typically provide a higher gross margin, representing a greater proportion of consolidated net sales, (3) improved gross margins in Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Apparel and (4) the net favorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2015 as compared to Fiscal 2014. These favorable items were partially offset by the lower gross margin in Tommy Bahama.
Tommy Bahama:

The reduction in gross margin for Tommy Bahama reflected lower gross margins in both the direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution, which offset the favorable impact of a change in sales mix with direct to consumer sales representing a greater proportion of net sales. The lower direct to consumer gross margin was primarily due to a greater proportion of sales in our full-price stores and e-commerce website occurring in connection with Tommy Bahama's Friends and Family, loyalty card and flip-side events and more significant in-store discounts in our outlet stores. The lower gross margin in the wholesale business was primarily a result of more significant discounts and allowances, particularly for wholesale off-price sales.

Lilly Pulitzer:
The increase in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer was primarily driven by a change in sales mix towards the direct to consumer channel of distribution and an increase in gross margins of the full-price direct to consumer businesses.
Lanier Apparel:


41



The increase in gross margin for Lanier Apparel was primarily due to a change in sales mix with a greater proportion of sales being higher gross margin branded business programs, in both the tailored clothing and sportswear businesses, which was partially offset by the impact of more significant inventory markdowns in Fiscal 2015.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects (1) the gross profit of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, (2) the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments and (3) the impact of certain consolidating adjustments, including the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups. The higher gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to the lower impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2015.
SG&A
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
SG&A$475,031
$439,069
$35,962
8.2%
SG&A as % of net sales49.0%47.7% 
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,521
$1,764
  
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$
$275
  
The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) $19.9 million of incremental costs in Fiscal 2015 associated with additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants, including the Waikiki retail-restaurant location, and Lilly Pulitzer stores, (2) costs to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer and Tommy Bahama businesses, (3) $2.7 million of increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington and (4) $1.1 million of additional equity compensation expense. SG&A included $1.9 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2015 compared to $2.3 million in Fiscal 2014. We anticipate that amortization of intangible assets will be approximately $1.7 million in Fiscal 2016.

Royalties and other operating income
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Royalties and other operating income$14,440
$13,939
$501
3.6%
Royalties and other operating income primarily reflect income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands. The $0.5 million increase in royalties and other income reflects increased royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$65,993
$71,132
$(5,139)(7.2)%
Lilly Pulitzer42,525
32,190
10,335
32.1 %
Lanier Apparel7,700
10,043
(2,343)(23.3)%
Corporate and Other(18,704)(20,546)1,842
9.0 %
Total operating income$97,514
$92,819
$4,695
5.1 %
LIFO charge included in Corporate and Other$254
$2,131
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,521
$1,764
  
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$
$275
 
 
The increase in operating income was primarily due to the higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer and a lower operating loss in Corporate and Other, partially offset by lower operating income in Tommy Bahama and Lanier Apparel. Changes in operating income (loss) by operating group are discussed below.

42

Table

Tommy Bahama:
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Net sales$658,467
$627,498
$30,969
4.9 %
Gross margin59.7%60.1% 
 
Operating income$65,993
$71,132
$(5,139)(7.2)%
Operating income as % of net sales10.0%11.3% 
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,521
$1,764
  
The lower operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the higher SG&A and lower gross margin partially offset by higher sales. The higher SG&A reflects (1) $15.1 million of Contentsincremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and restaurants, including pre-opening rent and set-up costs associated with new stores and restaurants, (2) $2.7 million of increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington during the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2015 and (3) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business. These higher SG&A amounts were partially offset by reductions in other SG&A accounts, including incentive compensation. The operating loss for the Tommy Bahama Waikiki retail-restaurant location prior to opening in late October 2015 was $2.1 million, with the substantial majority of this loss consisting of pre-opening rent and set-up costs, which are included in the incremental SG&A amount associated with new locations above. Fiscal 2015 included an operating loss of $8.3 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $10.3 million in Fiscal 2014.

Lilly Pulitzer:
 Fiscal 2015
Fiscal 2014
$ Change% Change
Net sales$204,626
$167,736
$36,890
22.0%
Gross margin64.9%63.4% 
 
Operating income$42,525
$32,190
$10,335
32.1%
Operating income as % of net sales20.8%19.2% 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$
$275
 
 

The increase in operating income in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to the higher net sales and gross margin. These items were partially offset by increased SG&A. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) higher costs to support the growing business, reflecting increased infrastructure costs and advertising expense, (2) $4.8 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and (3) $1.0 million of higher incentive compensation.
Lanier Apparel:
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Net sales$105,106
$126,430
$(21,324)(16.9)%
Gross margin29.0%27.0% 
 
Operating income$7,700
$10,043
$(2,343)(23.3)%
Operating income as % of net sales7.3%7.9% 
 
The lower operating income for Lanier Apparel was primarily due to the reduction in net sales partially offset by higher gross margin and lower SG&A. The lower SG&A primarily reflects decreases in certain variable and other expenses including royalty, advertising and distribution expenses.

Corporate and Other:

43



 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$358,930
$321,920
$37,010
11.5 %
Lilly Pulitzer84,845
76,842
8,003
10.4 %
Lanier Clothes30,552
30,264
288
1.0 %
Ben Sherman32,094
39,430
(7,336)(18.6)%
Corporate and Other7,153
1,101
6,052
NM
Total gross profit$513,574
$469,557
$44,017
9.4 %
LIFO (credit) charge included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
  
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Net sales$1,091
$(1,339)$2,430
NM
Operating loss$(18,704)$(20,546)$1,842
9.0%
LIFO charge included in Corporate and Other$254
$2,131
 
 
 
The improved operating results in Corporate and Other were primarily due to the lower LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2015 and a $0.9 million gain on sale of real estate, which were partially offset by higher incentive compensation amounts.
Interest expense, net
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$2,458
$3,236
$(778)(24.0)%
Interest expense for Fiscal 2015 decreased from the prior year primarily due to lower average debt outstanding, particularly in second half of Fiscal 2015, and lower borrowing rates during Fiscal 2015. The lower average debt outstanding in the second half of Fiscal 2015 was primarily a result of the use of proceeds from the July 2015 sale of Ben Sherman for debt repayment.

Income taxes
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014$ Change% Change
Income taxes$36,519
$35,786
$733
2.0%
Effective tax rate38.4%39.9% 
 
Income tax expense for Fiscal 2015 increased, reflecting higher earnings partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. The lower effective tax rate in Fiscal 2015 compared to Fiscal 2014 primarily resulted from improved operating results in our Hong-Kong based sourcing and Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific retail operations. Our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2016 is estimated to be approximately 37.5% reflecting our expectation that our operating results in our sourcing operations and Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific retail operations will continue to improve.

Net earnings from continuing operations
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014
Net earnings from continuing operations$58,537
$53,797
Net earnings from continuing operations per diluted share$3.54
$3.27
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted16,559
16,471
The higher net earnings in Fiscal 2015 primarily resulted from (1) higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer, (2) a lower operating loss in Corporate and Other, (3) lower interest expense and (4) lower effective tax rate. These favorable items were partially offset by (1) lower operating income in Tommy Bahama and (2) lower operating income in Lanier Apparel.

Discontinued operations
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes was $28.0 million in Fiscal 2015 compared to a net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes of $8.0 million in Fiscal 2014 with the larger net loss primarily due to the $20.5 million loss on sale of the Ben Sherman operations, which was completed in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015. We do not anticipate significant operations or earnings related to the discontinued operations in future periods, with cash flow attributable to discontinued operations in future periods primarily limited to the post-closing purchase price adjustments paid in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016 and amounts associated with certain lease obligations related to the Ben Sherman business which we retained in connection with the transaction.
FISCAL 2014 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2013
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our consolidated statements of operations for Fiscal 2014 to Fiscal 2013. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless

44



indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
Net Sales
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$627,498
$584,941
$42,557
7.3 %
Lilly Pulitzer167,736
137,943
29,793
21.6 %
Lanier Apparel126,430
127,421
(991)(0.8)%
Corporate and Other(1,339)(426)(913)(214.3)%
Total$920,325
$849,879
$70,446
8.3 %
Consolidated net sales increased 8.3% reflecting the net sales increases in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, as discussed below. Further, as direct to consumer sales grew at a faster rate than wholesale sales, net sales in the direct to consumer channel of distribution represented a greater percentage of consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2014 as presented below:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Full-price retail stores, outlets and warehouse sales40%40%
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales15%13%
Restaurant7%7%
Wholesale38%40%
Total100%100%
Tommy Bahama:
The Tommy Bahama net sales increase of 7.3% was primarily driven by (1) an incremental net sales increase of $21.8 million associated with the operation of additional retail stores, including the Canadian retail stores acquired in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013, (2) a $9.9 million, or 4%, increase in comparable store sales, which includes full-price retail stores and full-price e-commerce sales, to $288.6 million in Fiscal 2014 from $278.7 million in Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.4 million increase in wholesale sales reflecting higher levels of off-price wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014 and the inclusion of the wholesale sales of Tommy Bahama Canada for the full year in Fiscal 2014, (4) $4.6 million of additional e-commerce flash clearance sales resulting in $8.1 million for the fiscal year, and (5) a $3.4 million increase in restaurant sales primarily resulting from higher sales in existing restaurants. These increases in net sales were partially offset by a $3.3 million decrease in net sales in outlet stores which were operated during all of Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014.

As of January 31, 2015, we operated 157 Tommy Bahama stores globally, consisting of 101 full-price retail stores, 15 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. As of February 1, 2014, we operated 141 Tommy Bahama stores consisting of 91 full-price retail stores, 14 restaurant-retail locations and 36 outlet stores. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Full-price retail stores and outlets50%51%
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales14%13%
Restaurant10%10%
Wholesale26%26%
Total100%100%

Lilly Pulitzer:
The Lilly Pulitzer net sales increase of 21.6% reflects an increase in each channel of distribution including (1) an $11.1 million, or 19%, increase in comparable store sales, to $70.1 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to $59.0 million in Fiscal 2013, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $8.9 million associated with retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2014,

45



(3) an increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $5.2 million to $16.7 million and (4) a $4.5 million increase in wholesale sales. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 28 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores compared to 23 retail stores as of February 1, 2014. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Full-price retail stores and warehouse sales34%32%
E-commerce, including full-price and e-commerce flash clearance sales28%25%
Wholesale38%43%
Total100%100%

Lanier Apparel:
Lanier Apparel net sales decreased 0.8% reflecting a decrease in the Oxford Golf business sales of $4.4 million due to a reduction in private label sales and Fiscal 2013 including a significant initial shipment of Oxford Golf branded product that did not anniversary in Fiscal 2014, which was partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in net sales in the private label business of our tailored clothing operations. The increase in the private label business of our tailored clothing operations was driven by an increase in the pants program for a warehouse club customer, which began in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2013 and more than offset decreases in other private label Lanier Clothes programs. The decreases in the other private label business of our tailored clothing operations and of our Oxford Golf programs was primarily due to lower volume and the exit from some seasonal and replenishment programs.

Corporate and Other:
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consist of the net sales of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center as well as the impact of the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups, which exceeded net sales of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center in both Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013. The decrease in Corporate and Other sales was primarily due to a larger unfavorable impact of the elimination of intercompany sales in Fiscal 2014.
Gross Profit
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$377,415
$358,930
$18,485
5.2 %
Lilly Pulitzer106,317
84,845
21,472
25.3 %
Lanier Apparel34,159
36,396
(2,237)(6.1)%
Corporate and Other58
1,309
(1,251)NM
Total gross profit$517,949
$481,480
$36,469
7.6 %
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$2,131
$(27)  
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$
$707
  
The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to the higher net sales as discussed above. In addition to the impact of changes inhigher net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group werewas impacted by the changechanges in sales mix and changes in gross margin bywithin each operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 20132014 and Fiscal 2012.2013.

46



Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Tommy Bahama61.4%60.9%60.1%61.4%
Lilly Pulitzer61.5%62.7%63.4%61.5%
Lanier Clothes27.9%28.2%
Ben Sherman47.7%48.1%
Lanier Apparel27.0%28.6%
Corporate and OtherNM
NM
NM
NM
Consolidated gross margin56.0%54.9%56.3%56.7%
 
On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margin from Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2012 wasdecreased primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2012 includingas a $4.0 million charge for LIFO accounting with no significant LIFO accounting chargeresult of lower gross margin in Fiscal 2013 and (2) a change in the sales mix. The change in sales mix in Fiscal 2013 included (1) Tommy Bahama and Lanier Apparel as well as the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013. These unfavorable items were partially offset by (1) improved gross margins in Lilly Pulitzer, which typically have higher gross margins than our other operating groups, representing(2) the favorable impact of a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales and (2)being from our direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making upchannels of distribution and (3) Fiscal 2013 including a larger proportion of the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer sales. These items, which favorably impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the $0.7 million impact of the inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2013 associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.acquisition with no inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2014.

Tommy Bahama:

The higherlower gross margin at Tommy Bahama was primarily due to thereflected a change in the proportion of sales in each distribution channel asmix with outlet stores, e-commerce flash clearance sales in the direct to consumer distribution channel, which typically have higher gross margins than theand off-price wholesale distribution channel, representedsales representing a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama’sBahama's net sales and lower gross margins in our outlet store, e-commerce flash clearance and wholesale sales. The lower gross margins in our outlet stores resulted from more in-outlet store discounts in order to move excess spring inventory and drive traffic. The decrease in wholesale gross margins primarily resulted from more significant discounts on certain wholesale sales as well as a larger amount of off-price wholesale sales. Fiscal 2013. This change in sales mix was partially offset by the negative impact of the2013 included a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge related toassociated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition recognized in cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2013. We do not anticipate any charges for inventory step-up beyond Fiscal 2013 related to this acquisition.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The decrease inhigher gross margin forin Lilly Pulitzer in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily driven by (1) a change in sales mix with sportswear, which generally has lower gross margins, representing a greater proportion of Lilly Pulitzer sales in Fiscal 2013, (2) more promotions in ourtoward the direct to consumer operationschannel of distribution, which typically has higher gross margins than the wholesale channel of distribution, and (2) higher gross margins in orderboth the direct to move a greater amountconsumer and wholesale channels of remaining spring inventory, (3) our e-commerce operations offering free shipping on a more frequent basis and (4) largerdistribution. The higher gross margins in the direct to consumer business reflects less promotional activity. These favorable items were partially offset by the gross margin impact of the increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2013 than in the prior year, with these sales typically having a gross margin more in line with wholesale sales than direct to consumer sales. The negative gross margin impact of these factors exceeded the positive impact of the change in sales mix towards direct to consumer sales for Lilly Pulitzer.2014.
 
Lanier Clothes:Apparel:


43

Table of Contents

The lower gross margin atfor Lanier Clothes decreased in Fiscal 2013 from the prior yearApparel was primarily as a result ofdue to a change in sales mix towardswith private label programs.programs representing a greater proportion of net sales of Lanier Apparel. Private label products,programs, including the newa warehouse club pants program, generally have lower gross margins than branded product sales.
Ben Sherman:

The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects (1) a higher proportion of off-price sales in the wholesale business as full-price wholesale sales decreased by a greater proportion than off-price sales and (2) heavier promotions in the direct to consumer business. The heavier promotions and the higher proportion of off-price sales, which were necessary to liquidate certain inventory, primarily resulted from a merchandising misstep in the second half of Fiscal 2012. These negative factors offset the positive gross margin impact of the change in the sales mix with direct to consumer sales representing a larger proportion of Ben Sherman sales in Fiscal 2013.programs.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects (1) the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, and(2) the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments.adjustments and (3) the impact of certain consolidating adjustments, including the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups. The increase in thelower gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to (1)the impact of the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2012 being impacted2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013, partially offset by a $4.0 million LIFO accounting charge with nomore significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 and (2) higher sales and gross margin in the Oxford Golf business in Fiscal 2013.favorable impact from certain consolidating adjustments.
 
SG&A
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
SG&A447,645
410,737
$36,908
9.0%$439,069
$399,104
$39,965
10.0%
SG&A (as a % of net sales)48.8%48.0% 
 
47.7%47.0% 
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
  $1,764
$1,377
  
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$275
  

47



 
The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) $30.8 million of incremental SG&A in Fiscal 2013 associated with operating additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer retail stores and (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses. Thebusinesses, including increased employment expense, infrastructure costs and advertising expense, (2) $13.7 million of incremental costs associated with additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer stores, (3) $7.5 million of increased incentive compensation, reflecting increases in SG&A forLilly Pulitzer, Corporate and Other and Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer were partially offset by SG&A reductions in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other. SG&A for Fiscal 2012 was unfavorably impacted by the inclusion of a 53rd week, which we estimate resulted in an additional $7(4) $2.4 million of SG&A. Further, SG&A was impacted by $7.2 million reduction in incentiveadditional equity-based compensation primarily resulting from equity awards granted in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, primarily reflecting lower incentive compensation for both Tommy Bahama and Corporate and Other.

2014. SG&A included $2.2$2.3 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 20132014 compared to $1.0$2.0 million in Fiscal 20122013, with the increase primarily being $1.4 million of amortization associated with the intangible assets acquired as part ofdue to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition. We anticipate that amortization of intangible assets for Fiscal 2014 will be approximately $2.5 million with approximately $2.0 million of the amortization reflecting amortization of the intangible assets acquired as part of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
$(6,010)(95.6)%
In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, under which we are obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on the achievement of certain performance criteria by our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, which payments may be as much as $20 million in the aggregate over the four years subsequent to the acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability at each balance sheet date. Generally, this liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of earnings during that period. Further, if we determine that the probability of the amounts being earned changes, it would impact our assessment of the fair value in our consolidated balance sheet, resulting in a charge or

44

Table of Contents

income in our consolidated statement of earnings at that time. Thus, change in fair value of contingent consideration reflects the current period impact of the change in the fair value of any contingent consideration obligations.
The $6.0 million decrease in the charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration during Fiscal 2013 was primarily a resultSecond Quarter of Fiscal 2012 including a a significant increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration, while Fiscal 2013 generally only reflected the passage of time as we approach the anticipated payments. During Fiscal 2012, we increased the fair value of the contingent consideration by $6.3 million to reflect not only the passage of time, but also our determination that the certainty of the payment of the contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition was more probable than we had determined in prior years based on our consideration of, among other things, (1) the Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer operating group, (2) projected operating results for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, (3) the operating results criteria for the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 amounts to be earned and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration agreement. We anticipate that the change in contingent consideration for Fiscal 2014 will be approximately $0.3 million.2013.

Royalties and other operating income
 
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Royalties and other operating income$19,016
$16,436
$2,580
15.7%$13,939
$13,936
$3
%
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$1,611
$
  $
$1,611
  
 
Royalties and other operating income in Fiscal 2013 increased by $2.6 million primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million, (2) higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer and (3) higher other income in Corporate and Other. These increases were partially offset by lower royalty income for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013. Royalty and other operating income primarily consists of royaltyreflects income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands. The comparable royalties and other operating income reflects higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer in Fiscal 2014, which offsets the impact of Fiscal 2013 including a $1.6 million gain on sale of real estate with no such gain in Fiscal 2014.

Operating income (loss)
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$72,207
$69,454
$2,753
4.0 %$71,132
$72,207
$(1,075)(1.5)%
Lilly Pulitzer25,951
20,267
5,684
28.0 %32,190
25,951
6,239
24.0 %
Lanier Clothes10,828
10,840
(12)(0.1)%
Ben Sherman(13,131)(10,898)(2,233)(20.5)%
Lanier Apparel10,043
11,904
(1,861)(15.6)%
Corporate and Other(11,185)(20,692)9,507
45.9 %(20,546)(13,750)(6,796)(49.4)%
Total operating income$84,670
$68,971
$15,699
22.8 %$92,819
$96,312
$(3,493)(3.6)%
LIFO (credit) charge included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
 
 
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$2,131
$(27) 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  $
$707
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
 
 
$1,764
$1,377
 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
  $275
$275
  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$(1,611)$
  $
$1,611
  

Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $84.7$92.8 million in Fiscal 20132014 compared to $69.0$96.3 million in Fiscal 2012.2013. The 22.8% increase3.6% decrease in operating income was primarily due to the improvedlower operating incomeresults in Corporate and Other, Lilly PulitzerLanier Apparel and Tommy Bahama partially offset by the higherimproved operating lossresults in Ben Sherman.Lilly Pulitzer. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.
 
Tommy Bahama:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$627,498
$584,941
$42,557
7.3 %
Gross margin60.1%61.4% 
 
Operating income$71,132
$72,207
$(1,075)(1.5)%
Operating income as % of net sales11.3%12.3% 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$
$707
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,764
$1,377
  

4548

Table of Contents

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Net sales$584,941
$528,639
$56,302
10.7%
Gross margin61.4%60.9% 
 
Operating income$72,207
$69,454
$2,753
4.0%
Operating income as % of net sales12.3%13.1% 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
  
The increasedecrease in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to a lower gross margin and higher SG&A partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and gross margin in the Tommy Bahama business, each as discussed above.higher royalty income. The impact of the higher sales and gross margin were partially offset by higher SG&A as well as a $0.7 million charge related to an inventory step-up and $1.4reflects (1) $9.4 million of amortization of intangible assets, both of which resulted from the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, which we completed in the second quarter of Fiscal 2013. In addition to the higherincremental SG&A resulting from the amortization of intangible assets, the increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1)the cost of operating additional North American and Asia-Pacific retail stores and restaurants, in Fiscal 2013 which resulted in $27.7 million of incremental SG&Aincluding set-up costs associated with new stores and restaurants, (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including infrastructure, employment and advertising costs, (3) $2.3 million of higher incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, and (4) $0.4 million of additional amortization of intangible assets associated with support operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada. These increases in SG&ATommy Bahama Canada, which were partially offset by Fiscal 2013 including a $5.6$0.7 million reduction in incentive compensation forinventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama inCanada acquisition. Fiscal 2013 and the impact of one less week in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 20132014 included an operating loss of $11.9$10.3 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $10.4$11.9 million in Fiscal 2012.2013.
 
Lilly Pulitzer:
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$137,943
$122,592
$15,351
12.5%$167,736
$137,943
$29,793
21.6%
Gross margin61.5%62.7% 
 
63.4%61.5% 
 
Operating income$25,951
$20,267
$5,684
28.0%$32,190
$25,951
$6,239
24.0%
Operating income as % of net sales18.8%16.5% 
 
19.2%18.8% 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
 
 
$275
$275
 
 

The increase in operating income forin Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a lower charge for change in the fair valuefavorable impact of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2013. The operating results for Fiscal 2013 also reflect higher net sales, as discussed above, whichhigher gross margin and higher royalty and other income. These items were partially offset by higherincreased SG&A to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business and lower gross margin, as discussed above.&A. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) $5.5 million of higher costs, consisting primarily of employment expenses,incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, (2) higher SG&A to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business, reflecting employment and (2) $3.1infrastructure costs as well as higher advertising expense, and (3) $4.2 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores during Fiscal 2013.stores.

Lanier Clothes:Apparel:
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$109,530
$107,272
$2,258
2.1 %$126,430
$127,421
$(991)(0.8)%
Gross margin27.9%28.2% 
 
27.0%28.6% 
 
Operating income$10,828
$10,840
$(12)(0.1)%$10,043
$11,904
$(1,861)(15.6)%
Operating income as % of net sales9.9%10.1% 
 
7.9%9.3% 
 
 
The lower operating income for Lanier Clothes was comparable for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 asreflects the favorablenet impact of higher sales was offset by slightly lower gross margin and higher SG&A, which was primarily attributable to higher incentive compensation earned in Fiscal 2013.
Ben Sherman:

46

Table of Contents

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Net sales$67,218
$81,922
$(14,704)(17.9)%
Gross margin47.7 %48.1 % 
 
Operating loss$(13,131)$(10,898)$(2,233)(20.5)%
Operating loss as % of net sales(19.5)%(13.3)% 
 
The decline in operating results for Ben Sherman was primarily due to the decrease in sales and lower gross margin, each as discussed above, and lower royalty income. These factors that negatively impacted the operating results were partially offset by reduced SG&A in Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013 as Ben Sherman has taken certain actions to reduce its ongoing SG&A structure with a significant amount of that SG&A reduction being recognized in the second half of Fiscal 2013.sales.
 
Corporate and Other:
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$17,465
$15,117
$2,348
15.5%$(1,339)$(426)$(913)(214.3)%
Operating loss$(11,185)$(20,692)$9,507
45.9%$(20,546)$(13,750)$(6,796)(49.4)%
LIFO (credit) charge included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
  
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$2,131
$(27)  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$1,611
$
 
 
$
$1,611
 
 
 
The Corporate and Otherlower operating results improved in Fiscal 2013 primarily as a result of (1) Fiscal 2012 including a $4.0 million LIFO accounting charge with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013, (2) a reduction in Corporate and Other SG&Awere primarily driven bydue to (1) $2.4 million of higher incentive compensation expense, (2) a $2.1 million reduction in incentive compensationnet unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013, as well as certain favorable changes in accruals, (3) higher sales and improved gross margin in the Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses and (4) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million.million, and (4) Fiscal 2013 benefiting from certain favorable changes in accruals.
 
Interest expense, net
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$4,169
$8,939
$(4,770)(53.4)%
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$3,236
$3,940
$(704)(17.9)%
 

49



Interest expense for Fiscal 2013 decreased primarily due to ourlower borrowing atrates and lower interest ratesaverage debt outstanding in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012.2014. During Fiscal 2013,2014, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, whereas substantially all of our borrowings in the first half of Fiscal 2012 were from our previously outstanding Senior Secured Notes, which had a coupon rate of 11 3/8%. The change in the source of our borrowings resulted from our redemption of the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes in July 2012, which was primarily funded with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. We anticipate that interest expense for Fiscal 2014 will be approximately $4.5 million.

Loss on repurchase of senior notes
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Loss on repurchase of senior notes$
$9,143
$(9,143)(100.0)%
On July 16, 2012, we redeemed the remaining outstanding $105.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for approximately $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, using borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of approximately $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.1 million

Income taxes
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% ChangeFiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Income taxes$35,210
$19,572
$15,638
79.9%$35,786
$36,944
$(1,158)(3.1)%
Effective tax rate43.7%38.5% 
 
39.9%40.0% 
 


47

Table of Contents

Income tax expense for Fiscal 2013 increased compared to Fiscal 2012decreased primarily due to higher earnings and an increase in the effective tax rate.lower earnings. The high effective tax rates for both periods, as compared to a typical statutory tax rate, reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses for which we were not able to recognize an income tax benefit and the favorable impact of a decrease in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2012 was also impacted by certain other favorable discrete items, including a reduction in income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations totaling approximately $2.2 million and the impact of a change in our assertion of permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings. For further information regarding income taxes, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

We anticipate that our effective tax rate in future periods will be lower than the effective tax rate in Fiscal 2013, but higher than the effective tax rate in Fiscal 2012, as we expect that our domestic earnings will increase and our foreign losses should decrease in future periods as compared to Fiscal 2013 resulting in a higher proportion of domestic income to foreign losses.benefit.

Net earnings
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Net earnings$45,291
$31,317
Net earnings per diluted share$2.75
$1.89
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted16,482
16,586
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Net earnings from continuing operations$53,797
$55,428
Net earnings from continuing operations per diluted share$3.27
$3.36
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted16,471
16,482
 
The higherprimary reasons for the lower net earnings for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) increased net salesfrom continuing operations in Fiscal 2013 resulting2014 were (1) a larger operating loss in increased gross profit, (2) Fiscal 2012 including a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million with no such charge in Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.0 million reduction in the charge for the change in the fair value of contingent consideration, (4) a $4.8 million reduction in interest expense, (5) Fiscal 2012 including a LIFO accounting charge of $4.0 million with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013, (6) lower SG&A in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other, (2) lower operating income in Lanier Apparel and (7) higher royalty and other(3) lower operating income.income in Tommy Bahama. These factorsunfavorable items were partially offset by (1) higher SG&A associated with the continued growth and expansion of the Tommy Bahama andoperating income in Lilly Pulitzer, brands, (2) a higher effective tax ratelower income taxes and (3) lower interest expense.

Discontinued operations
The net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes was $8.0 million in Fiscal 2013 and (3) $2.1 million of charges in the aggregate incurred in Fiscal 2013 related to an inventory step-up charge and amortization of intangible assets as a result of our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama operations in Canada.
FISCAL 2012 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2011
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of earnings for Fiscal 2012, which included 53 weeks, to Fiscal 2011, which included 52 weeks. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise.
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$528,639
$452,156
$76,483
16.9 %
Lilly Pulitzer122,592
94,495
28,097
29.7 %
Lanier Clothes107,272
108,771
(1,499)(1.4)%
Ben Sherman81,922
91,435
(9,513)(10.4)%
Corporate and Other15,117
12,056
3,061
25.4 %
Total net sales$855,542
$758,913
$96,629
12.7 %
Consolidated net sales increased $96.6 million, or 12.7%, in fiscal 20122014 compared to fiscal 2011 primarily due to the increase ina net sales at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which were partially offset by decreasedloss from discontinued operations, net sales at Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, each as discussed below.
Tommy Bahama:
The Tommy Bahama sales increase of $76.5 million, or 16.9%, was primarily driven by (1) an increase in comparable store salestaxes of $33.5 million, to $236.7$10.1 million in the 53-week Fiscal 2012 compared to $203.2 million in the 52-week Fiscal 2011, (2) a net sales increase of $18.6 million associated with domestic retail stores and outlet stores opened in Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012, (3) a wholesale sales increase of $14.7 million and (4) a net sales increase associated with our Tommy Bahama international operations in Australia and Asia of $4.5 million. The remaining sales increase primarily related to sales in our restaurants and our outlet stores opened for all of Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012. As of February 2, 2013, Tommy Bahama operated 113 retail stores compared to 96 retail stores as of January 28, 2012.

48

Table of Contents

Lilly Pulitzer:
The Lilly Pulitzer sales increase of $28.1 million, or 29.7%, was primarily driven by (1) an increase in comparable store sales of $10.5 million, to $47.4 million in the 53-week Fiscal 2012 compared to $36.8 million in the 52-week Fiscal 2011, (2) a wholesale sales increase of $6.5 million, (3) a net sales increase of $6.3 million associated with e-commerce flash sales in Fiscal 2012 and (4) a net sales increase of $5.3 million reflecting the net sales impact of the four retail stores opened in Fiscal 2012, net of the impact of the one store closure in Fiscal 2012. These sales increases were partially offset by a decrease in the clearance warehouse sales in Fiscal 2012, as more end of season product was sold through the e-commerce flash sales. The e-commerce flash sales generated $9.4 million of net sales in Fiscal 2012 compared to $3.1 million of net sales in Fiscal 2011. As of February 2, 2013, Lilly Pulitzer operated 19 retail stores compared to 16 retail stores as of January 28, 2012.
Lanier Clothes:
The decrease in net sales for Lanier Clothes of $1.5 million, or 1.4%, was primarily due to the decrease in private label sales of $8.7 million partially offset by an increase in branded sales of $7.2 million. The decrease in private label sales was primarily due to Fiscal 2011 benefiting from initial shipments related to a new product launch, while Fiscal 2012 sales were negatively impacted by a slow-down of the inventory intake on a replenishment program by a key customer as well as the exit from certain underperforming private label programs. In addition to higher branded sales generally, Fiscal 2012 also benefited from certain spring merchandise shipping in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012, which would have typically shipped in the first quarter of Fiscal 2013. The sales for Lanier Clothes were also negatively impacted by the continuing competitive factors in tailored clothing business.
Ben Sherman:
Net sales for Ben Sherman decreased by $9.5 million, or 10.4%, in Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011, primarily due to a $10.5 million decline in wholesale sales, whichlower net loss from discontinued operations was predominantly in United Kingdom, with direct to consumer net sales being comparable in Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, which was primarily due to higher e-commerce sales as well as the impact of additional stores. The decrease in net sales for Ben Sherman was primarily driven by (1) our exit from certain wholesale accounts with moderate-priced stores in the United Kingdom and (2) the difficult economic conditions that persist in the United Kingdom and Europe. Further, the direct to consumer operations of Ben Sherman were negatively impacted by missteps in Ben Sherman's merchandise assortment planning in the second half of Fiscal 2012, which, particularly in the current economic environment, resulted in too much of the product offering in styles at the higher end of the price range and resulted in more promotions in our retail stores in order to sell inventory on hand.
Corporate and Other:
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consisted of the net sales of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center. The increase in the net sales for Corporate and Other was primarily driven by the higher net sales in our Oxford Golf business during Fiscal 2012.
Gross Profit
The first table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 as well as the change between those two periods. The second table presents gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.
Gross ProfitFiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$321,920
$276,567
$45,353
16.4 %
Lilly Pulitzer76,842
56,376
$20,466
36.3 %
Lanier Clothes30,264
34,108
(3,844)(11.3)%
Ben Sherman39,430
46,473
(7,043)(15.2)%
Corporate and Other1,101
(555)1,656
NM
Total$469,557
$412,969
$56,588
13.7 %
LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other$4,043
$5,772
 
 
Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer$
$996
 
 


49

Table of Contents

Gross MarginFiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Tommy Bahama60.9%61.2%
Lilly Pulitzer62.7%59.7%
Lanier Clothes28.2%31.4%
Ben Sherman48.1%50.8%
Corporate and OtherNM
NM
Total54.9%54.4%
The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to higher net sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer partially offset by the lower sales in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes, each as discussed above. Additionally, gross profit was also impacted by the changes in gross margin by operating group, as discussed below. On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margins from Fiscal 2011 to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) a $1.7 million net favorable impact in Fiscal 2012 resulting from a lower LIFO charge in Fiscal 2012, (2) a $1.0 million charge resulting from purchase accounting negatively impacting the Lilly Pulitzer gross margins in Fiscal 2011 with no such charge in Fiscal 2012 and (3) changes in the sales mix. The changes in sales mix included direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making up a larger proportion of both the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer sales during Fiscal 2012. The change in sales mix was also attributable to Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which typically have higher gross margins than our other operating groups, representing a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales. These items, which positively impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the negative impact on our gross profit and gross margin of (1) product cost pressures that impacted our operating groups and (2) gross margin pressures at Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes.
Tommy Bahama:
The gross margin at Tommy Bahama for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 reflects a decrease in gross margins in the first half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the prior year and improved gross margins in the second half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the prior year. Tommy Bahama increased prices in the first half of Fiscal 2011 in anticipation of increased product costs, which began to impact our results in the second half of Fiscal 2011 and continued into Fiscal 2012. This negative gross margin pressure for Fiscal 2012 was partially offset by a change in the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer distribution channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, increased from 67% of net sales in Fiscal 2011 to 69% of net sales in Fiscal 2012.
Lilly Pulitzer:
The increase in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer from Fiscal 2011 to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, increased from 47% of net sales in Fiscal 2011 to 54% of net sales in Fiscal 2012 and (2) Fiscal 2011 including a $1.0 million purchase accounting charge, with no such charge in Fiscal 2012.
Lanier Clothes:
The decrease in gross margin at Lanier Clothes was primarily the result of gross margin pressures, including both competitive factors and higher product costs that continue to impact the tailored clothing business.
Ben Sherman:
The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects (1) higher product costs during Fiscal 2012, (2) the competitive factors resulting from the difficult economic conditions that persist in the United Kingdom and Europe, (3) heavier promotions in the direct to consumer business, (4) a greater amount off-price sales and (5) more significant inventory markdowns. The heavier promotions and the higher off-price sales and inventory markdowns, which were necessary measures to appropriately manage inventory levels in the economic environment, were more significant in the second half of Fiscal 2012, in part due to the merchandising mix miss in the second half of Fiscal 2012.
Corporate and Other:
The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations offset by the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments, which included significant charges in both Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011. The LIFO accounting charge was $4.0 million in Fiscal 2012 compared to $5.8 million in Fiscal 2011.
Our gross profit and gross margin may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

50

Table of Contents

SG&A
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
SG&A$410,737
$358,582
$52,155
14.5%
SG&A (as % of net sales)48.0%47.2% 
 
Life insurance death benefit gain$
$(1,155) 
 
The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) higher costs, consisting primarily of employment and advertising expenses, to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses, including support functions for retail, e-commerce and wholesale operations, (2) $17.0 million of incremental SG&A in Fiscal 2012 associated with operating additional domestic Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer stores, including $6.7 million in SG&A charges associated with our Tommy Bahama New York restaurant-retail location which opened in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012 but incurred pre-opening rent for the majority of the 2012 Fiscal year, (3) $9.7 million of incremental SG&A associated with certain infrastructure, pre-opening retail store rent and other costs related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion, (4) the approximately $7 million impact of having an extra week of expenses in the 53-week Fiscal 2012 compared to the 52-week Fiscal 2011 and (5) higher SG&A for Corporate and Other primarily due to Fiscal 2011 being positively impacted by a $1.2 million reduction in SG&A as a result of a life insurance death benefit gain and $1.8 million of transition services fee income. The increases in SG&A for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Corporate and Other were partially offset by SG&A reductions in Lanier Clothes from Fiscal 2011 to Fiscal 2012. SG&A for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 included charges of $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to the amortization of intangible assets.
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Change in fair value of contingent consideration$6,285
$2,400
$3,885
161.9%

In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, under which we are obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on the achievement of certain performance criteria by our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, which payments may be as much as $20 million in the aggregate over the four years subsequent to the acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability at each balance sheet date. Generally, this liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of earnings during that period. Further, if we determine that the probability of the amounts being earned changes, it would impact our assessment of the fair value in our consolidated balance sheet, resulting in a charge or income in our consolidated statement of earnings at that time. Thus, change in fair value of contingent consideration reflects the current period impact of the change in the fair value of any contingent consideration obligations.
During Fiscal 2012, we increased the fair value of the contingent consideration by $6.3 million to reflect not only the passage of time, but also our determination that the certainty of the payment of the contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition is more probable than we had determined in prior years based on our consideration of, among other things, (1) the Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer operating group, (2) projected operating results for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, (3) the operating results criteria for the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 amounts to be earned and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration agreement. This increase in the change in the fair value of contingent consideration was recognized as a charge to our consolidated statements of operations.
Royalties and other operating income
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Royalties and other operating income$16,436
$16,820
$(384)(2.3)%
Royalties and other operating income in Fiscal 2012 primarily reflect income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands, which were comparable on a consolidated basis to the royalty income recognized in Fiscal 2011 with a decrease in Ben Sherman royalty income in Fiscal 2012 being offset by increased royalty income in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.
Operating income (loss)

51

Table of Contents

 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$69,454
$64,171
$5,283
8.2 %
Lilly Pulitzer20,267
14,278
5,989
41.9 %
Lanier Clothes10,840
12,862
(2,022)(15.7)%
Ben Sherman(10,898)(2,535)(8,363)(329.9)%
Corporate and Other(20,692)(19,969)(723)(3.6)%
Total operating income$68,971
$68,807
$164
0.2 %
LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other$4,043
$5,772
 
 
Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer$
$996
 
 
Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$6,285
$2,400
 
 
Life insurance death benefit gain included in Corporate and Other$
$(1,155) 
 
Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $69.0 million in Fiscal 2012 compared to $68.8 million in Fiscal 2011. The 0.2% increase in operating income was primarily due to the higher net sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, partially offset by lower operating results in Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, SG&A increases in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer related to expansion of these brands and a higher charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2012. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.
Tommy Bahama:
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$528,639
$452,156
$76,483
16.9%
Operating income$69,454
$64,171
$5,283
8.2%
Operating income as % of net sales13.1%14.2% 
 
The increase in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the increased net sales in each distribution channel, as discussed above, which resulted in higher gross profit, partially offset by increased SG&A associated with (1) operating additional retail stores in Fiscal 2012 resulting in $14.5 million of additional SG&A, including $6.7 million in SG&A charges associated with our Tommy Bahama New York restaurant-retail location which opened in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012 but incurred pre-opening rent for the majority of the 2012 Fiscal year, (2) incremental infrastructure, pre-opening retail store rent and other costs totaling $9.7 associated with Tommy Bahama's international expansion, (3) higher SG&A, consisting primarily of employment costs and advertising costs, to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including the retail, e-commerce and wholesale businesses and (4) the approximately $5 million SG&A impact of Fiscal 2012 being a 53-week year compared to Fiscal 2011 being a 52-week year.
Fiscal 2012 included operating losses of $15.9 million related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion and the Tommy Bahama New York store, compared to operating losses of $3.5 million for these items in Fiscal 2011. The $15.9 million operating loss in Fiscal 2012 related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion and the Tommy Bahama New York store reflect $20.0 million of SG&A costs partially offset by $4.0 million of gross margin related to sales in our international stores and royalty income.
Lilly Pulitzer:
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$122,592
$94,495
$28,097
29.7%
Operating income$20,267
$14,278
$5,989
41.9%
Operating income as % of net sales16.5%15.1% 
 
Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory$
$996
 
 
Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration$6,285
$2,400
 
 

52

Table of Contents

The improved operating results for Lilly Pulitzer were primarily due to increased net sales in each distribution channel and increasedpartially offset by lower gross margin and Fiscal 2012 not including the $1.0 million charge related to the write-up of inventory at the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer, each of which contributed to a higher gross profit. The increased gross profit was partially offset by increased SG&A associated with (1) higher SG&A, consisting primarily of employment costs and advertising, to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business, including our retail, e-commerce and wholesale businesses, (2) $2.5 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores during Fiscal 2012, (3) the approximately $1 million impact of Fiscal 2012 being a 53-week year, but Fiscal 2012 being a 52-week year and (4) the higher charge related to the fair value of contingent consideration. Fiscal 2012 was impacted by a $6.3 million charge for the change in the fair value of contingent consideration while the Fiscal 2011 charge was $2.4 million, as discussed above.
Lanier Clothes:
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$107,272
$108,771
$(1,499)(1.4)%
Operating income$10,840
$12,862
$(2,022)(15.7)%
Operating income as % of net sales10.1%11.8% 
 
The decrease in operating income for Lanier Clothes was primarily the result of the lower sales and gross margins, partially offset by decreased SG&A related to lower employment costs and advertising costs. The continuing gross margin pressures resulted from both competitive factors and product cost pressures.
Ben Sherman:
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$81,922
$91,435
$(9,513)(10.4)%
Operating loss$(10,898)$(2,535)$(8,363)(329.9)%
Operating loss as % of net sales(13.3)%(2.8)% 
 
The decline in operating results for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to the decreased sales, gross margin and royalty income, each as discussed above as well as certain severance costs associated with the business.
Corporate and Other:
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$15,117
$12,056
$3,061
25.4 %
Operating loss$(20,692)$(19,969)$(723)(3.6)%
LIFO charges$4,043
$5,772
 
 
Life insurance death benefit gain$
$(1,155) 
 
The Corporate and Other operating results declined by $0.7 million from a loss of $20.0 million in Fiscal 2011 to a loss of $20.7 million in Fiscal 2012. The operating results for Fiscal 2012 reflect the net impact of LIFO accounting, with charges of $4.0 million and $5.8 million in Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively. Fiscal 2011 operating income was also positively impacted by a $1.2 million death benefit gain from a corporate owned life insurance policy and inclusion of $1.8 million of transition services fee income related to our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which was sold in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2010, with no such fees being included in Fiscal 2012.
Interest expense, net
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$8,939
$16,266
$(7,327)(45.0)%
Interest expense for Fiscal 2012 decreased due to (1) our borrowing at lower interest rates in the second half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the second half of Fiscal 2011 and (2) our reduction in our average debt levels in the first half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the first half of Fiscal 2011 as a result of our repurchase of $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes during the second and third quarters of Fiscal 2011. During the second half of Fiscal 2012, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, whereas substantially all of our borrowings in the second half of Fiscal 2011 were from our Senior Secured Notes, which had a coupon rate of 113/8%. The change in the source

53

Table of Contents

of our borrowings resulted from our redemption of the remaining outstanding Senior Secured Notes in July 2012, which was funded with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Loss on repurchase of senior notes$9,143
$9,017
$126
1.4%
In the second and third quarters of Fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.0 million in Fiscal 2011.
In July 2012, we redeemed the remaining $105.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, using borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.1 million.
Income taxes
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Income taxes$19,572
$14,281
$5,291
37.0%
Effective tax rate38.5%32.8% 
 
Income tax expense for Fiscal 2012 increased compared to Fiscal 2011, primarily due to higher earnings in Fiscal 2012 as well as an increase in the effective tax rate. Income taxes for Fiscal 2012 were impacted by losses in foreign jurisdictions for which we were not able to recognize an income tax benefit and a greater proportion of our earnings being in jurisdictions with higher tax rates, which was offset by favorable discrete items during the period, including the reduction in income tax contingency reserves by $2.2 million related to the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations, the impact of a change in our assertion of permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings, and a reduction in enacted tax rates in certain jurisdictions. Income taxes for Fiscal 2011 were impacted by certain favorable discrete items, including the reduction of income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations, favorable permanent differences and tax credits which do not necessarily fluctuate with earnings and a reduction in enacted tax rates in certain jurisdictions, as well as the recognition of an income tax benefit for losses in foreign jurisdictions.
Net earningsincome.

 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Earnings from continuing operations$31,317
$29,243
Earnings from continuing operations per diluted share$1.89
$1.77
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted16,586
16,529
The increase in earnings from continuing operations for Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011 was primarily due to (1) higher sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, (2) lower interest expense due to lower borrowings and lower interest rates in Fiscal 2012 and (3) no purchase accounting adjustments in Fiscal 2012, each as discussed above. These items were partially offset by (1) lower sales and operating results at Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, (2) higher SG&A in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer to support the continued growth and expansion of these brands, (3) a more significant charge for change in fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2012, and (4) a higher effective tax rate during Fiscal 2012, each as discussed above.
FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary source of revenue and cash flow isthrough our saledesign, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded apparel products throughbearing the trademarks of our direct to consumerTommy Bahama and wholesale channels of distribution.Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label products. Our primary uses of cash flow include the acquisitionpurchase of apparel products in the operation of our business, as well as operating expenses including employee compensation and benefits, occupancy relatedoccupancy-related costs, marketing and advertising costs, other general and administrative operating expenses and the payment of periodic interest payments related to our financing arrangements. Additionally, we use cash for the funding of capital expenditures payment of

54

Table of Contents

and dividends and repayment of indebtedness. As we purchase products for sale prior to selling the products to our customers in both our direct to consumer and wholesale operations, inIn the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory and we also extend credit to our wholesale customers, resulting incustomers. Thus, we require a certain amount of required working capital to operate our business. If cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to theirits terms, each of which is described below. We may seek to finance our future capital investment programscash requirements through various methods, including, but not limited to, cash on hand, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities, and sales of debt or equity securities.securities and cash on hand.
As of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016, we had $8.5$6.3 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, with $141.6$44.0 million of borrowings outstanding and $96.5$185.9 million of availability under our revolving credit agreements.U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. We believe our balance sheet and anticipated future positive cash flowsflow from operating activities in the future providesprovide us with ample opportunity to continue to invest in our brands and our direct to consumer initiatives in future periods.initiatives.
Key Liquidity Measures

50



($ in thousands)February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% ChangeJanuary 30, 2016January 31, 2015$ Change% Change
Total current assets$271,032
$222,390
$48,642
21.9%
Total current liabilities133,046
124,266
8,780
7.1%
Total Current Assets$216,796
$258,545
$(41,749)(16.1)%
Total Current Liabilities128,899
159,942
(31,043)(19.4)%
Working capital$137,986
$98,124
$39,862
40.6%$87,897
$98,603
$(10,706)(10.9)%
Working capital ratio2.04
1.79
 
 
1.68
1.62
 
 
Debt to total capital ratio35%34% 
 
12%27% 
 

Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities. OurCurrent assets decreased from January 31, 2015 to January 30, 2016 primarily due to the disposal of the discontinued operations during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015. The January 31, 2015 balance sheet included $48.1 million of current assets related to discontinued operations with no current assets related to discontinued operations as of January 30, 2016. This decrease was partially offset by increased significantly at February 1, 2014 as comparedinventories related to February 2, 2013continuing operations to support our growing businesses. Current liabilities decreased primarily due to (1) the $12.5 million reduction in contingent consideration and (2) the disposal of the discontinued operations during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015, resulting in a significantly higher working capital and working capital ratio as of February 1, 2014.decrease in current liabilities related to discontinued operations from $17.4 million to $2.4 million. Changes in each of our working capital accountscurrent assets and current liabilities are discussed below.
For the ratio of debt to total capital, debt is defined as short-term and long-term debt included in continuing operations, and total capital is defined as debt plus shareholders' equity. Debt was $141.6$44.0 million at February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and $116.5$104.8 million at February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, while shareholders'shareholders’ equity was $260.2$334.4 million at February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and $229.8$290.6 million at February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015. The comparable debt to total capital ratio at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 reflects an increasedecrease in debt but also an increase in shareholders' equity. The increase in debt was primarily due to (1) $43.4resulted from the $59.3 million of capital expenditures incurred in Fiscal 2013, (2) the $17.9 million paymentproceeds related to the acquisitiondisposal of our former licensee's Tommy BahamaBen Sherman and positive cash flows from operations in Canada, (3) $11.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock in Fiscal 2013, and (4) $5.6 million of net cash used in financing activities related to stock transactions with employees associated with stock-based awards, which, in the aggregate, exceeded the $52.7 million of cash flows from operations during Fiscal 2013.paid for capital expenditures, dividends and contingent consideration. Shareholders' equityincreased from February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, primarily as a result of net earnings less dividends paid and the change in Fiscal 2013.accumulated other comprehensive loss. Our debt levels and ratio of debt to total capital in future periods may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continue to assess, and possibly make changes to, our capital structure. Changes in our capital structure in the future, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
Balance Sheet
The following tables set forth certain information included in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands) and calculations of changes in the information included in our consolidated balance sheets. Below each table are explanations for any significant changes in the balances at February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 compared to February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015.
Current Assets:
February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% ChangeJanuary 30, 2016January 31, 2015$ Change% Change
Cash and cash equivalents$8,483
$7,517
$966
12.9 %$6,323
$5,281
$1,042
19.7 %
Receivables, net75,277
62,805
12,472
19.9 %59,065
64,587
(5,522)(8.5)%
Inventories, net143,712
109,605
34,107
31.1 %129,136
120,613
8,523
7.1 %
Prepaid expenses, net23,095
19,511
3,584
18.4 %
Deferred tax assets20,465
22,952
(2,487)(10.8)%
Total current assets$271,032
$222,390
$48,642
21.9 %
Prepaid expenses22,272
19,941
2,331
11.7 %
Assets related to discontinued operations, net
48,123
(48,123)(100.0)%
Total Current Assets$216,796
$258,545
$(41,749)(16.1)%

55


Cash and cash equivalents as of February 1, 2014 reflects aJanuary 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 include typical cash amountamounts maintained on an ongoing basis in our operations, which generally ranges from $5 million to $10 million.million at any given time. Any excess cash generally is used to repay amounts outstanding under our revolving credit agreements, if any. Receivables,agreement. The decrease in receivables, net as of February 1, 2014 increased compared to February 2, 2013January 30, 2016 was primarily due to the significantly highera result of lower wholesale sales in our Lanier Clothes operating group in the last two months of Fiscal 20132015 as compared to the last two months of Fiscal 2012 and higher credit card receivables as of February 1, 2014 due to higher credit card transactions near year-end that had not yet been remitted to us at year-end.
2014. Inventories, net as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 increased from February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 primarily as a result of an increase in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer inventories partially offset by lower inventories in Lanier Apparel. We believe that inventory levels in each of our operating groups. These increases were primarily due to the earlier shipment of product from our suppliers, in part due to the timing of the Chinese New Year holiday, andgroup are appropriate to support anticipated sales growth. The increaselevels for the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016. Prepaid expenses increased at January 30, 2016 primarily as a result of the growth in prepaid expenses, net from February 2, 2013 to February 1, 2014 was primarily due toour business and the timing of paymentspayment and recognition of the related expenseexpenses for certain prepaid items including rent, product samples, certain operating expense contracts, retail packaging supplies, advertisingmaintenance and other operating expenses, which were partially offset by a reductionservice contracts, rent, and advertising as well as an increase in prepaid taxes as we weretaxes. The decrease in an income tax payable position at February 1, 2014 compared to a prepaid position at February 2, 2013. Deferred tax assets decreased from February 2, 2013 primarily as a result of reductions in deferred tax assets associated with accrued compensation, which were partially offset by changes in deferred tax assets related to inventories.discontinued operations, net reflects our disposition of the Ben Sherman operations in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015.

51



Non-current Assets:
February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% ChangeJanuary 30, 2016January 31, 2015$ Change% Change
Property and equipment, net$141,519
$128,882
$12,637
9.8%$184,094
$146,039
$38,055
26.1 %
Intangible assets, net173,023
164,317
8,706
5.3%143,738
146,134
(2,396)(1.6)%
Goodwill17,399
17,275
124
0.7%17,223
17,296
(73)(0.4)%
Other non-current assets, net24,332
23,206
1,126
4.9%20,839
22,646
(1,807)(8.0)%
Assets related to discontinued operations, net
31,747
(31,747)(100.0)%
Total non-current assets, net$356,273
$333,680
$22,593
6.8%$365,894
$363,862
$2,032
0.6 %
The increase in property and equipment, net at February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 from January 31, 2015 primarily resulted from current year capital expenditures partially offset by current year depreciation expense. The decrease in intangible assets, net at January 30, 2016 was primarily due to capital expenditures during Fiscal 2013, which were partially offset by depreciation expensethe amortization of intangible assets as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on certain intangible assets. The decrease in Fiscal 2013. The increase in intangibleother non-current assets, net was primarily due to the intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama Canada, which was acquireda decrease in Fiscal 2013, partially offset by the amortization of intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013. The increase in goodwill from February 2, 2013 was primarily related to the goodwill associated with our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee that operated that business. The increase in other non-current assets was primarily due to higher asset balances set aside for potential deferred compensation plan obligations. The decrease in assets related to discontinued operations, net reflects our disposition of the Ben Sherman operations in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015.
Liabilities:
February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% ChangeJanuary 30, 2016January 31, 2015$ Change% Change
Total current liabilities$133,046
$124,266
$8,780
7.1 %
Total Current Liabilities$128,899
$159,942
$(31,043)(19.4)%
Long-term debt137,592
108,552
29,040
26.8 %43,975
104,842
(60,867)(58.1)%
Non-current contingent consideration12,225
14,450
(2,225)(15.4)%
Other non-current liabilities51,520
44,572
6,948
15.6 %67,188
56,286
10,902
19.4 %
Non-current deferred income taxes32,759
34,385
(1,626)(4.7)%
Deferred taxes3,657
5,161
(1,504)(29.1)%
Liabilities related to discontinued operations4,571
5,571
(1,000)(18.0)%
Total liabilities$367,142
$326,225
40,917
12.5 %$248,290
$331,802
(83,512)(25.2)%
Current liabilities at February 1, 2014 increased as of January 30, 2016 decreased compared to February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015 reflecting (1) $6.6the $12.5 million reduction in contingent consideration, (2) the disposal of income tax payable asthe discontinued operations during the Second Quarter of February 1, 2014 compared to beingFiscal 2015, resulting in a prepaid income tax position atdecrease in current liabilities related to discontinued operations from $17.4 million to $2.4 million, including the prior year end, (2) higherfinal working capital settlement which was paid in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016, (3) a decrease in accounts payable primarily asof $4.4 million and (4) a resultdecrease in income taxes payable of higher inventory levels and (3) the $2.5 million$3.8 million. These decreases in current contingent consideration liability, which in the aggregateliabilities were partially offset by (1) loweran increase in accrued compensation balances as of February 1, 2014, resulting from lower$3.0 million, with the substantial majority of that increase related to Lilly Pulitzer incentive compensation, being earnedand an increase in Fiscal 2013other accrued expenses and (2) lower levelsliabilities of debt outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement as of February 1, 2014. $1.7 million.

The increasedecrease in long-term debt was primarily due to (1) $43.4resulted from the $59.3 million of capital expenditures incurred in Fiscal 2013, (2)proceeds received from the $17.9 million payment related to the acquisitionsale of our former licensee's Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, (3) $11.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock in Fiscal 2013 and (4) $5.6 million of net cash used in financing activities related to stock transactions with employees associated with stock-based awards, whichBen Sherman in the aggregate exceeded the $52.7 millionSecond Quarter of Fiscal 2015. Additionally, positive cash flows from operations during Fiscal 2013. The decrease in non-current contingent consideration at February 1, 2014 was primarily the result of $2.5 million of the contingent consideration obligation

56

Table of Contents

being classified as a current liability as the amount is expected to be paidapproximated, in the first quarter of Fiscal 2014.aggregate, the cash paid for capital expenditures, dividends and contingent consideration. Other non-current liabilities increased as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 compared to the prior yearJanuary 31, 2015 primarily due to increases in deferred rent and deferred compensation liabilities. Non-current deferred incomeliabilities, including tenant improvement allowances from landlords.

Deferred taxes decreased at February 1, 2014from January 31, 2015 primarily as a resultreflecting the impact of higher incentive compensation amounts, changes in certain reserves and a change in the book to taxtiming differences related to deferred rent and accrued compensation balancesassociated with inventory were partially offset by a change in timing differences associated with depreciation and amortization. The decrease in liabilities related to discontinued operations reflects our disposition of the impactBen Sherman operations in the Second Quarter of intangible asset book to tax differences.Fiscal 2015, with the remaining liabilities as of January 30, 2016 representing estimated losses on certain retained lease obligations of the Ben Sherman business.
Statement of Cash Flows

52



The following table sets forth the net cash flows, including continuing and discontinued operations, resulting in the change in our cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Net cash provided by operating activities$52,734
$67,098
$44,247
Net cash used in investing activities(59,130)(62,515)(35,708)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities6,938
(10,594)(56,818)
Net cash provided by discontinued operations

17,479
Net change in cash and cash equivalents$542
$(6,011)$(30,800)
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Cash provided by operating activities$105,373
$95,409
$52,734
Cash used in investing activities(13,946)(50,355)(59,130)
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities(91,466)(47,619)6,938
Net change in cash and cash equivalents$(39)$(2,565)$542
Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $8.5 million, $7.5were $6.3 million and $13.4$5.3 million at February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013January 30, 2016 and January 28, 2012,31, 2015, respectively. Changes in cash flows in Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 20122015 and Fiscal 20112014 related to operating activities, investing activities and financing activities and discontinued operations are discussed below.
Fiscal 20132015 Compared to Fiscal 20122014
Operating Activities:
 
In Fiscal 20132015 and Fiscal 2012,2014, operating activities provided $52.7$105.4 million and $67.1$95.4 million of cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities such asincluding depreciation, amortization, stockequity-based compensation expense changeand loss on sale of discontinued operations as well as the net impact of changes in fair valueour working capital accounts. In Fiscal 2015 the more significant changes in working capital accounts were a decrease in receivables and an increase in non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in inventories and prepaid expenses each of which decreased cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2014 the more significant changes in working capital were increases in current liabilities and non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in receivables and inventories, each of which decreased cash flow from operations.

Investing Activities:
During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, investing activities used $13.9 million and $50.4 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2015, we used $73.1 million of cash for capital expenditures, which primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores and restaurants; facility enhancements, including the build-out of Tommy Bahama's new office in Seattle and the acquisition of additional distribution center space for Lilly Pulitzer; information technology initiatives, including e-commerce enhancements; and retail store remodeling. The cash used in these investing activities were partially offset by the $59.3 million of proceeds obtained from the sale of our Ben Sherman business in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015. Other investing activities in Fiscal 2015 include the net impact of a $1.1 million investment of cash in an unconsolidated entity, partially offset by the $0.9 million proceeds from the sale of real estate no longer used in our operations. In Fiscal 2014, investing cash flow activities consisted of purchases of property and equipment, which were primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling.

We anticipate that capital expenditures in Fiscal 2016 will be lower than capital expenditures in Fiscal 2015 as Fiscal 2015 included certain larger investments including the build-out of Tommy Bahama's new office space in Seattle, the build-out of Tommy Bahama's Waikiki restaurant-retail location and the acquisition of additional distribution center space for Lilly Pulitzer.

Financing Activities:
During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, financing activities used $91.5 million and $47.6 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2015, we decreased debt as the proceeds from the sale of Ben Sherman and cash provided by our operating activities, in the aggregate, exceeded our cash needs for capital expenditures, contingent consideration losspayments and dividends. In Fiscal 2014, we also decreased debt as cash provided by our operating activities exceeded our cash needs for capital expenditures, dividends and contingent consideration payments. In Fiscal 2015, we paid dividends of $16.6 million and $12.5 million for the final payment for contingent consideration arrangement related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, while in Fiscal 2014 we paid dividends of $13.9 million and contingent consideration of $2.5 million.

We anticipate that cash flow provided by or used in financing activities in the future will be dependent upon whether our cash flow from operating activities exceeds our capital expenditures, dividend payments and any other investing or financing activities. Generally, we anticipate that excess cash, if any, will be used to repay debt on repurchaseour revolving credit agreements.

53



Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
Operating Activities:
In Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, operating activities provided $95.4 million and $52.7 million of senior notescash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities including depreciation, amortization, equity-based compensation expense and the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts, as applicable.accounts. The lowerhigher cash flow from operating activities despite the higher earnings, for in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to Fiscal 2012 earnings including a $9.1 million loss on repurchase of senior notes and Fiscal 2013 having lessmore favorable changes in working capital accounts, as comparedand Fiscal 2013 including a significant excess tax benefit related to equity-based compensation. In Fiscal 2014, the same periodmore significant changes in the prior year.working capital were increases in current liabilities and non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2013, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increaseincreases in current liabilities and non-current liabilities. In Fiscal 2012, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories and receivables and other non-current assets,liabilities, each of which reducedincreased cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in other non-current liabilities.operations.

Investing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, and Fiscal 2012, investing activities used $59.1$50.4 million and $62.5$59.1 million of cash, respectively. TheOf these cash flows used in investing activities, $50.4 million and $43.4 million in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, included $17.9 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee, while Fiscal 2012 included $1.8 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee. The remaining $43.4 million and $60.7 million of cash flow used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively, were for the capital expenditures in each period primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling.remodeling.The remaining cash used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 included $17.9 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee.
 
Financing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, and Fiscal 2012, financing activities used $47.6 million and provided $6.9 million and used $10.6 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2014, we decreased debt as a result of our cash flow from operating activities exceeding our cash needs for investing activities and financing activities. In Fiscal 2013,, we increased debt by $25.0 million based on our cash needs for investing activities and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operating activities. In Fiscal 2012, we increased debt by $10.5 million based on cash need for investing and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operations, while replacing our borrowings under our senior notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.operations.

The repurchase of common stock in Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from the vesting of restricted stock awards that were returned by employees to satisfy employee income tax obligations, while the proceeds from issuance of common stock primarily resulted from the excess tax benefit associated with the vesting of the restricted stock awards. We paid dividends of $13.9 million and $11.9 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. In Fiscal 2012,2014, we also paid

57

Table of Contents

$5.0 $2.5 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 20112013 contingent consideration paymentspayment related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition. We paid dividends of $11.9 million and $9.9 million during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively.
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Operating Activities:
In Fiscal 2012, operating activities generated $67.1 million of cash, while in Fiscal 2011, operating activities generated $44.2 million of cash, with the increase in cash flow from operating activities for Fiscal 2012 primarily being due to more favorable changes in working capital accounts and an increase in net earnings, both as compared to the prior year. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period, adjusted for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization, stock compensation expense and a change in fair value of contingent consideration as well as the loss on repurchase of senior secured notes and the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts. In Fiscal 2012, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories and receivables and other non-current assets, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in other non-current liabilities. In Fiscal 2011, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories, receivables, prepaid expenses and a decrease in non-current liabilities, each of which decreased cash and were partially offset by an increase in current liabilities.
Investing Activities:
During Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, investing activities used $62.5 million and $35.7 million, respectively, of cash. During Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, $60.7 million and $35.3 million, respectively, of cash was used for capital expenditures primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives, retail store and restaurant remodeling and distribution center enhancements. During Fiscal 2012, we also paid $1.8 million related to our acquisition of the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee that operated that business.
Financing Activities:
During Fiscal 2012, financing activities used $10.6 million of cash, while in Fiscal 2011 financing activities used $56.8 million of cash with changes in debt being the most significant changes in financing activities during each period. In Fiscal 2012, we increased debt by $10.5 million, while replacing our borrowings under our Senior Secured Notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 2012, we paid $5.0 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 contingent consideration payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition. During Fiscal 2011, we reduced debt by $49.6 million by using cash on hand to repurchase a portion of our Senior Secured Notes. We used $9.9 million and $8.6 million of cash to pay dividends during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively.
Discontinued Operations:
The cash flows provided by discontinued operations reflect cash flow provided by or used in the activities of our discontinued operations, which include the operations related to substantially all of our former Oxford Apparel operating group. The cash flow from discontinued operations in Fiscal 2011 primarily reflects the conversion of assets related to the discontinued operations into cash, net of the use of cash to pay liabilities, including income taxes, associated with the sold business during Fiscal 2011. There were no cash flows from discontinued operations subsequent to Fiscal 2011.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The table below sets forth the amountsWe had $44.0 million and $104.8 million of borrowings outstanding as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, under our financing arrangements (in thousands) as of February 1, 2014:
$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")$137,592
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")3,993
Total debt141,585
Short-term debt(3,993)
Long-term debt$137,592

The$235 million U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement entered into in June 2012 and amended in November 2013, amended and restated our prior $175 million ("U.S. revolving credit facility.Revolving Credit Agreement"). The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets;assets, (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (2.1%(weighted average borrowing rate of 2.6% as of February 1, 2014)January 30, 2016), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization;utilization, (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible

58

Table of Contents

trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement was amended in November 2013 primarily to (1) extend the maturity date of the facility from June 2017 to November 2018, (2) reduce the applicable margin (by 25 to 50 basis points, depending on excess availability under the facility at the time of determination) used to determine the applicable interest rate(s); and (3) modify certain other provisions and restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement in a manner that is more favorable to and/or less restrictive on us.

The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin (4.0% as of February 1, 2014); (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.
To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to theirits terms, to our linesline of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities arefacility is also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our linesline of credit and borrowing capacity under our credit facilities when issued. As of February 1, 2014, $8.5January 30, 2016, $5.1 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against our credit facilities.U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we had $92.6$185.9 million and $3.9 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respectivecertain limitations on borrowings set forth in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.borrowings.
Covenants and Other Restrictions:

54



Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, areis subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities arefacility is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.
OurAdditionally, our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $23.5$23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5$23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilitiesU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreements.agreement. During Fiscal 20132015 and as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities.
Redemption and Repurchase of Senior Secured Notes:
In Fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $0.8 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.0 million in Fiscal 2011.

In Fiscal 2012, we redeemed all of the remaining outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes, which were scheduled to mature in July 2015. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes, including a premium of $6.0 million, for $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, and the related write-off of $1.7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $1.4 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million in Fiscal 2012. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes satisfied and discharged all of our obligations with respect to the Senior Secured Notes and the related indenture and was funded primarily through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

59

Table of Contents

Other Liquidity Items:
We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital and other operating activity needs, capital expenditures, interest payments on our debt and dividends, if any, primarily from positive cash flow from operations supplemented by cash on hand and borrowings under our linesline of credit, if necessary.credit. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest requirements generally existing in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products. We anticipate that at the maturity of any of our financing arrangementsthe U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement or as otherwise deemed appropriate, we will be able to refinance the facilities and debt withfacility and/or obtain other financing on terms available in the market at that time, which may ortime. The terms of any future financing arrangements may not be as favorable as the terms of the current agreementsagreement or current market terms.
We have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960. However, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions and/or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facility or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion of our credit facility above.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, by future period (in thousands):
Payments Due by PeriodPayments Due by Period
Less Than
1 year
1-3 Years3-5 Years
More Than
5 Years
Total
Less Than
1 year
1-3 Years3-5 Years
More Than
5 Years
Total
Contractual Obligations:  
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement(1)$
$
$
$
$
Operating leases(2)59,991
105,456
84,131
190,633
440,211
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement (1)$
$
$
$
$
Operating leases (2)64,035
117,954
101,836
193,291
477,116
Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements5,482
3,061


8,543
6,004
4,784


10,788
Letters of credit8,458



8,458
$5,091



5,091
Contingent purchase price consideration(3)2,500
12,500


15,000
Other(4)(5)(6)




Other (3)(4)(5)




Total$76,431
$121,017
$84,131
$190,633
$472,212
$75,130
$122,738
$101,836
$193,291
$492,995



55



(1)Principal and interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. As of February 1, 2014, $137.6 million was outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which matures in November 2018, and $4.0 million was outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, which is payable on demand. During Fiscal 2013, interest2015, we paid on these revolving credit arrangements was $3.8 million.$2.3 million of interest.

(2)Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the amounts payable in future periods are, in some cases, not quantified in the lease agreements and are dependent on factors which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 20132015 totaled $18.8$22.1 million.

(3)Amounts reflected in the table reflect the maximum amount payable pursuant to a contingent consideration arrangement associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, which totaled $15.0totaling $10.6 million as of February 1, 2014. Amounts are payable if certain performance criteria related to the acquired business are met during Fiscal 2014. As of February 1, 2014, our consolidated balance sheet reflects a liability of $14.7 million associated with this arrangement, of which $12.2 million is included in non-current contingent consideration with the remainder classified as a current liability in our consolidated balance sheet, and in the aggregate reflects the fair value of the anticipated payments as of that date. As of February 1, 2014, we anticipate that the maximum amount of the obligation will be paid.

(4)
Amounts totaling $11.1 million of deferred compensation obligations, and obligations related to the post-retirement benefit portions of endorsement-type split dollar life insurance policies, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual, respectively.

(5)(4)An environmental reserve liability of $1.6$1.2 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from the above table, as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of January 30, 2016 and the timing of payment, if any, is uncertain.

60

Table of Contents

included in this report, has been excluded from the above table, as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of February 1, 2014 and the timing of payment is uncertain.

(6)(5)Non-current deferred taxes, which is the net amount of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, of $32.8$3.7 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the liabilitiesamounts are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax liabilitiesamounts by period could be misleading.
Our anticipated capital expenditures for Fiscal 2014,2016, which are excluded from the table above as we are generally not contractually obligated to pay these amounts as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, are expected to be approximately $55 million. These expenditures are expected to consist primarily of costs associated with opening new retail stores and restaurants, remodelingrelocating retail stores and restaurants, information technology initiatives, including e-commerce capabilities, and facility enhancements.
Dividend Declaration
On March 25, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.21 per share payable on May 2, 2014 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 17, 2014. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flowsremodeling retail stores and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, other debt instruments, contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements contained in this report and the discussion of our credit facilities above.restaurants.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC's definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.GAAP in a consistent manner. The preparation of these financial statements requires the selection and application of accounting policies. Further, the application of GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and other accrued expenses.discussed below. We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends and on various other assumptions that we believe are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe it is possible that other professionals, applying reasonable judgment to the same set of facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of earningsoperations could be misstated.
The detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant accounting policies, estimates, assumptions and methodsjudgments we use.use or the amounts most sensitive to change from outside factors.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

56



Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, as well as wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

61

TableAn area of Contents

Retail store, e-commerce, restaurantjudgment affecting reported revenues and concessionnet earnings involves estimating sales reserves, which represent a portion of revenues are recognized at the time of salenot expected to consumers, which is considered the time of shipment for e-commerce sales. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concessionbe realized. In our direct to consumer operations, revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, while our wholesale revenue is reduced by estimates for discounts, allowances, advertising support, operational chargebacks and net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of earnings. As directprovisions for estimated returns. The significant assumptions related to consumer products may be returned in future periods after the date of original purchase by the consumer, we must make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of February 1, 2014, our direct to consumer return reserve was $2.1 million. A 10% change in the direct to consumer return reserve as of February 1, 2014 would have had a $0.2 million pre-tax impact on earnings in Fiscal 2013.and wholesale revenues are discussed below.
For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement and the products are generally considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped, as substantially all products are sold based on FOB shipping point terms. This generally coincides with the time that title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer. In certain cases in which we retain risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer.
In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $9.7$8.4 million and, therefore, if the allowances changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $1.0$0.8 million on earnings in Fiscal 2013.2015. The substantial majority of these reserves relate to our Lanier Apparel business as of January 30, 2016.
As direct to consumer products may be returned after the date of original purchase by the consumer, we must make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of January 30, 2016, our direct to consumer return reserve was $2.6 million. A 10% change in the direct to consumer return reserve as of January 30, 2016 would have had a $0.3 million pre-tax impact on earnings in Fiscal 2015.
In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges for uncollectible amounts have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.6$0.5 million,, and therefore, if the allowance for doubtful accounts changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $0.1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2013.2015. While the amounts deemed uncollectible have not been significant in recent years if, in the future, amounts due from significant customer(s) were deemed to be uncollectible as a result of events that occur subsequent to January 30, 2016 this could result in a material charge to our consolidated statements of operations in future periods.
Inventories, net
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories, substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior seasons' fashion products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For direct to consumer inventory, we provide an allowance for goods expected to be sold below cost. For wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, and general economic conditions.conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last count and each balance sheet date. Historically, our estimates of inventory markdowns and inventory shrinkage have not varied significantly from actual results.
For consolidated financial reporting, $120.5$120.9 million, or 94%, of our inventories are valued at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) method cost or market after deducting the $56.7$59.4 million LIFO reserve as of February 1, 2014.January 30, 2016. The remaining $23.2 $8.3

57



million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 1, 2014. AsJanuary 30, 2016. Generally, inventories of February 1, 2014, 84% of our inventories were accounted for using the LIFO method. Generally, our inventories related to our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market and our inventories related toof our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index (PPI) as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are

62

Table of Contents

considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes.
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we had recorded a reserve of $2.2$0.8 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and for inventory on the lower of LIFO cost or market method with markdowns in excess of our LIFO reserve. A 10% change in the amount of such markdowns for inventory valued on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and markdowns in excess of the LIFO reserve as of February 1, 2014 would have a pre-tax impact of $0.2$0.1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2013.2015. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements after consideration of the existence of our significant LIFO reserve of $56.7$59.4 million, or 28% 31%of the FIFO cost of the inventory, as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, as well as the high gross margins historically achieved for the sale of our lifestyle branded products. A change in inventory levels, or the mix by inventory category, at the end of future fiscal years compared to inventory balances as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as such a change may erode portions of our earlier base year layers for purposes of making our annual LIFO computation. Additionally, a change in the Producer Price IndexPPI as published by the United States Department of Labor as compared to the indexes as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as inflation or deflation would change the amount of our LIFO reserve.
Given the significant amount of uncertainties surrounding the year-end LIFO calculation, including the estimate of year-end inventory balances, the proportion of inventory in each inventory category and the year-end Producer Price indexes,PPI, we typically do not adjust our LIFO reserve in the first three quarters of a fiscal year. This policy may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year resulting from the year over year changes in inventory levels, the Producer Price IndexPPI and markdown reserves. We do recognize on a quarterly basis during each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year changes in markdown reserves as those amounts can be estimated on a quarterly basis.
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of producing the acquired inventories.
In accordance with GAAP, in connection with our recent acquisitions, we recognized a write-up of inventories above the cost of acquired inventories to fair value, which we included in our allocation of purchase price. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, amounts wereare recognized as additional cost of goods sold in the periods subsequent to the acquisition as the acquired inventory wasis sold in the ordinary course of business. In determining the fair value of the acquired inventory, as well as the appropriate period to recognize the charge in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations as the acquired inventory is sold, we must make certain assumptions regarding costs incurred prior to acquisition for the acquired inventory, an appropriate profit allowance, estimates of the costs to sell the inventory and the timing of the sale of the acquired inventory. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if we had madethe use of different assumptions thecould have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements could be significant.statements.
Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets included in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 totaled $173.0$143.7 million, which includes $11.6$5.5 million of intangible assets with finite lives, including reacquired license rights and customer relationships, and $161.5$138.2 million of trademarks with indefinite lives. At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. The valuation of intangible assets requires significant judgment due to the variety of uncertain factors, including planned use of the intangible assets as well as estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition could result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the intangible assets listed above. Such estimates involve significant

6358

Table of Contents

uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 15 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on the remaining contractual period, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control, including customer attrition. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization related to intangible assets with finite lives totaled $2.2$1.9 million during Fiscal 20132015 and is anticipated to be approximately $2.5$1.7 million in Fiscal 2014.2016.
In Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011,2013, no impairment charges related to intangible assets were recognized. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our intangible assets for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. Substantially all of the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2016 relates to Lilly Pulitzer.
We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year.year or when impairment indicators exist. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to consider if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.
No impairment of goodwill was recognized during Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 or Fiscal 2011.2013. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our goodwill for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.
Income Taxes
Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carryforwards,carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. Further, we consider whether the investment and earnings of foreign subsidiaries, if any, are permanently reinvested and the impact that such assertion has on our income tax liability recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation

59



allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances, which total $4.6 million as of January 30, 2016, are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce income tax expense. Such amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations in the future if assumptions related to valuation allowances changed significantly. Additionally, the timing of recognition of a valuation allowance or any reversal of a valuation allowance requires a significant amount of judgment to assess all the positive and negative evidence, particularly when operating results in the respective jurisdiction have changed or are expected to change from losses to income or from income to losses. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.
There are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financialRecognition and tax basesmeasurement of assets in the case of foreign subsidiaries. The excess of financial statement over tax basis of an

64

Table of Contents

investment in a foreign subsidiary in excess of undistributed earnings is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. We consider our investments in substantially all of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested, and accordingly have not recognized a deferred tax liability for any foreign subsidiary due to a difference in financial and tax basis. Deferred tax liabilities are also not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider the undistributed earnings of substantially all of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of February 1, 2014 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these earnings in our consolidated financial statements.
Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50%) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur, or circumstances change, that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate.
We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurspositions occur when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) to be sustained upon examination. Measurement is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not standard, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.
As a global company, we are subject to income taxes in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Therefore, our income tax provision involves many uncertainties due to not only the timing differences of income for financial statement reporting and tax return reporting, but also the application of complex tax laws and regulations, which are subject to interpretation and management judgment. The use of different assumptions or a change in our assumptions related to book to tax timing differences, our determination of whether foreign investments or earnings are permanently reinvested, the realizability ofability to realize uncertain tax positions, the appropriateness of valuation allowances, a reduction in valuation allowances or other considerations, transfer pricing practices, the impact of our tax planning strategies and the jurisdictions or significance of earnings in future periods each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. Additionally, factors impacting income taxes including changes in tax laws or interpretations, court case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or audit settlements could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. An increase in our consolidated income tax rate from 43.7%38.4% to 44.7%39.4% during Fiscal 20132015 would have reduced net earnings by $0.8$0.9 million.
Income tax expense recorded during interim periods is generally based on the expected tax rate for the year, considering projections of earnings and book to tax differences which are updated and refined throughoutas of the year.balance sheet date, subject to certain limitations associated with separate foreign jurisdiction losses in interim periods. The tax rate ultimately realized for the year may increase or decrease due to actual operating results or book to tax differences varying from the amounts on which our expectations from earlier in the year.interim calculations were based. Any changes in assumptions related to the need for a valuation allowance, the realizability ofability to realize an uncertain tax position, changes in enacted tax rates, the expected operating results in total or by jurisdiction for the year, the jurisdictions generating operating income or loss, or other assumptions are accounted for in the period in which the change occurs so that the year to date tax provision reflects the expected annual rate.occurs. As certain of our foreign operations are in a loss position and realization of a future benefit for the losses may not be deductible,is uncertain, a significant variance in losses in such jurisdictions from our expectations can have a very significant impact on our expected annual tax rate. Furthermore, theThe recognition of the benefit of losses expected to be realized may be limited in an interim period and may require adjustments to tax expense in the interim period that yield an effective tax rate for the interim period that is not representative of the expected tax rate for the full year.
See note 8 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further discussion of income taxes.
Fair Value Measurements
For many assets and liabilities the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or other estimates. However, in some cases the assumptions or inputs associated with the determination of fair value as of a measurement date may require the use of many assumptions and may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. We utilize certain market-based and internally derived information and make assumptions about the information in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, as well as in other circumstances, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date, including the fair value of any contingent consideration obligations and any lease loss obligations incurred, and assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill and property and equipment.
As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we may be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The terms of the contingent

65

Table of Contents

consideration arrangement are discussed in further detail in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report. As of the date of acquisition we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Such valuation required assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors, which each involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration arrangement will be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target may be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors.
Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. Generally, the fair value of the contingent consideration liability is expected to increase each period with the recognition of the change in fair value of contingent consideration resulting from the passage of time at the applicable discount rate as we approach the payment dates of the contingent consideration absent any significant changes in assumptions related to the valuation or the probability of payment of the contingent consideration earned during the prior year. During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, we recognized change in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.3 million, $6.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in our consolidated statements of earnings. The amounts recognized in Fiscal 2012 reflect the passage of time as well a significant change in the discount rate at February 2, 2013 as discussed below, while Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2011 primarily reflected the passage of time using a discount rate deemed appropriate at that time, with no significant changes in our assumptions used in determining fair value during the year.
As of February 2, 2013, we determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods was appropriate. This lower discount rate reflected our assessment that we believed the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned was greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through Fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carries over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) consideration that the Fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeded both the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 targets, (3) our operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods which exceeded the Fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provides greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflected the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement.
An increase in the discount rate of 100 basis points as of February 1, 2014 would decrease the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation included in our consolidated balance sheet and the change in fair value of contingent consideration charge to our consolidated statement of earnings for Fiscal 2013 by $0.1 million, while we believe a change in projected earnings for Fiscal 2014 of 10% would not impact the fair value of the contingent consideration as the earnings targets for those years would still be expected to be exceeded.
We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of the acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired

60



requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that adjustments to the allocation are appropriate, those adjustments will be included in operating results. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.
For the determination of fair value for assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date and assessing, and possibly adjusting, recognized assets for impairment, the assumptions, or the timing of changes in these assumptions, that we make regarding the valuation of these assets could differ significantly from the assumptions made by other parties. The use of different assumptions could result in materially different valuations for the respective assets and liabilities, which would impact our consolidated financial statements.

In connection with recent acquisitions, we have a history of entering into contingent consideration arrangements to compensate the sellers if certain targets are achieved. For a contingent consideration arrangement, if any, as of the date of acquisition we must determine the fair value of the contingent consideration which would estimate the discounted fair value of any expected payments. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors, each requiring a significant amount of judgment. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we are required to periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing any valuation assumptions as of the balance sheet date. Generally, absent any significant changes in assumptions related to the valuation or the probability of payment of the contingent consideration, the fair value of a contingent consideration liability would be expected to increase each period resulting from the passage of time at the applicable discount rate as the payment dates of the contingent consideration approaches.
Given the inherent subjectivity of assumptions related to a determination of the fair value of a contingent consideration liability, it is possible that other parties may make different assumptions that impact the contingent consideration valuation or that the timing of such assumptions could be very different. The use of different assumptions or a change in the timing of determining a change in assumptions used in such an assessment could result in a materially different amount recognized in a particular period as the change in fair value of contingent consideration recognized in consolidated financial statements.
From time to time, we may recognize certain obligations related to certain leased space associated with exiting retail or office space. In these cases, we must determine the net loss related to the space if the anticipated cash outflows for the space exceed the estimated cash inflows related to the space. While estimated cash outflows are generally known since there is an underlying lease, the estimated cash inflows for rent and other costs are often very subjective if there is not an in-place sub-lease agreement at that time since those amounts are dependent upon many factors including, but not limited to, whether a sub-lease tenant will be obtained, the time required to obtain the tenant as well as the rent payments and any tenant allowances agreed with the tenant as part of the future lease negotiations. Thus, the assumptions made by another party related to such leases could be different than the assumptions made by us. As of January 30, 2016, we have two amounts in non-current liabilities related to discontinued operations totaling $4.6 million related to retained leases associated with our former Ben Sherman operations. As we do not currently have a sub-lease tenant identified for one of the spaces, our estimate of the liability related to the lease could change significantly as we obtain better information in the future.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
There are noRefer to Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB that we have not yet adopted that are expected to possibly have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

66

Table of Contents

SEASONALITY
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For information regarding the seasonality impact on individual operating groups and for our total company, see Part I, Item1,Item 1, Business, included in this report.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our indebtedness, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods and intendperiods. We may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings

61



and cash flow. Thisflow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all of our debt may be achieved, in part, by enteringeither variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Further at times, we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate borrowingsdebt in order to fix the interest rate on variable-rate borrowingsthat debt if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment of appropriate risk also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives. We do not enter into debt agreements or interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.
As of February 1, 2014, we had $141.6January 30, 2016, all of our $44.0 million of debt outstanding which was subject to variable interest rates. Our lines of credit, which include our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, accrueaccrues interest based on variable interest rates while providing the necessary borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with trade letters of credit.
In order to mitigate During Fiscal 2015, our exposure to changes in interest rates in future periods, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we fixed the interest rate on certain of our borrowings, ranging from $25 million to $45 million, during the period from August 2013 until March 2015, which essentially results in a portion of our anticipated debt levels during those periods being fixed rate borrowings at a rate equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
expense was $2.5 million. Based on our current borrowings under our revolving credit agreements, we anticipate that interest expense will be approximately $4.5 million duringthe average amount of variable-rate debt outstanding in Fiscal 2014 assuming no significant changes in interest rates. We estimate that2015, a 100 basis point changeincrease in interest rates would not have increased interest expense by a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.amount in Fiscal 2015. To the extent that the amounts outstanding under our variable-rate lines of credit change,increase or decrease, our exposure to changes in interest rates would also change to the extent we have not entered into an interest rate swap for those amounts.change.
Foreign Currency Risk
To the extent that we have assets and liabilities, as well as operations, denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subject to foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses. Less than 10% of our net sales in Fiscal 2013 were denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from transactions of our businesses operating outside of the United States, which is primarily related to (1) our businesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in currencies other than its functional currency; (2) our United Kingdom and European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business;business and (3)(2) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions.
A strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levelsLess than 5% of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of earnings in future periods, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Based on our net sales duringin Fiscal 20132015 were denominated in pound sterling, ifcurrencies other than the United States dollar, had been 10% stronger against the British pound we would have experienced a decrease in consolidated net sales of $5.0 million.
Substantiallywhile substantially all of our inventory purchases, including goods for operations in the United Kingdom,Asia-Pacific region, from contract manufacturers throughout the world are denominated in United States dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future even though our inventory is purchased on a United States dollar arrangement. Additionally, to the extent that the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the currency that the inventory will be sold in (e.g. the British pound)Canadian dollar, Australian dollar or Japanese Yen) changes, the gross margins of those businesses could be impacted significantly.significantly, particularly if we are not able to increase sales prices to our customers.

67

TableAs of Contents

We mayJanuary 30, 2016, we were not a party to any foreign currency forward exchange contracts; however, from time to time purchasewe entered into short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to our former Ben Sherman business. Due to the limited magnitude and the amounts outstanding at any time during the year may vary. Asuncertainty about timing of February 1, 2014, we were a party to $27.7 million of such contracts that were unsettled, which had an unrealized fair value resulting in a liability of $0.3 million. These contracts primarily consist of $20 million of agreements to purchase United States dollars with British pound sterling and $8 million of agreements to sell Euro for British pound sterling. When such contracts are outstanding, the contracts are marked to market with the offset being recognized in other comprehensive incomecash flows provided by or our consolidated statement of earnings if the transaction does or does not, respectively, qualify as a hedge in accordance with GAAP.
We anticipate that as we expand Tommy Bahama's international market presenceused in the future,Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contract for these operations. However, we anticipate that our exposure to foreign currency changes willin Tommy Bahama could increase, and it may be appropriate in the future to enter into hedging arrangements for these operations. We also anticipate that in the future we willmay have exposure to foreign currency changes for currencies thatto which we currently do not have any exposure to, including various currencies in Asia. Initially, that exposure will be a result of the net investment in those currencies as we expand international operations.exposure. The extent of our exposure will be dependent upon the timing of when and to what magnitude we expand intoin international markets. Therefore,At this time, we do not believe it is possible to provide a meaningful estimate ofanticipate that the potential impact of foreign currency changes on Tommy Bahama's international operations would have a material impact on Tommy Bahama's operating income or our future exposureconsolidated net earnings in Fiscal 2016 given the proportion of Tommy Bahama's operations in international markets.
In addition to foreign currenciescurrency risks related to specific transactions listed above, we also have foreign currency exposure risk associated with translating the financial statements of our Tommy Bahama internationalforeign operations at this time.with a functional currency other than the United States dollar into United States dollars for financial reporting purposes. A strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations in future periods although the sales and earnings in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Alternatively, if foreign operations have operating losses, then a strengthening United States dollar could result in lower losses although the losses in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported.
We view our foreign investments as long-term and as a result, we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. Also, we do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.
Commodity and Inflation Risk

62



We are affected by inflation and changing prices primarily through the purchase of raw materials andfull-package finished goods from contract manufacturers, who manufacture products consisting of various raw material components, and increased operating costs to the extent that any such fluctuations are not reflected by adjustmentscosts. To manage risks of commodity price changes we negotiate our full-package product prices in theadvance and increase selling prices of our products.products when possible. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group through, when possible, negotiating product prices in advance, selective price increases, when possible, productivity improvements and cost containment initiatives. We dohave not enterhistorically entered into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts and we do not engageor engaged in hedging activities with respect to suchour commodity risk.

6863

Table of Contents

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par amounts)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in thousands, except par amounts)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in thousands, except par amounts)

February 1, 2014February 2, 2013January 30, 2016January 31, 2015
ASSETS  
Current Assets: 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents$8,483
$7,517
$6,323
$5,281
Receivables, net75,277
62,805
59,065
64,587
Inventories, net143,712
109,605
129,136
120,613
Prepaid expenses, net23,095
19,511
Deferred tax assets20,465
22,952
Total current assets271,032
222,390
Prepaid expenses22,272
19,941
Assets related to discontinued operations, net
48,123
Total Current Assets$216,796
$258,545
Property and equipment, net141,519
128,882
184,094
146,039
Intangible assets, net173,023
164,317
143,738
146,134
Goodwill17,399
17,275
17,223
17,296
Other non-current assets, net24,332
23,206
20,839
22,646
Assets related to discontinued operations, net
31,747
Total Assets$627,305
$556,070
$582,690
$622,407
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Current Liabilities: 
Current Liabilities 
Accounts payable$75,527
$66,004
$68,306
$72,785
Accrued compensation18,412
25,472
30,063
27,075
Income tax payable6,584

1,470
5,282
Other accrued expenses and liabilities26,030
24,846
26,666
24,921
Contingent consideration2,500


12,500
Short-term debt3,993
7,944
Total current liabilities133,046
124,266
Liabilities related to discontinued operations2,394
17,379
Total Current Liabilities$128,899
$159,942
Long-term debt137,592
108,552
43,975
104,842
Non-current contingent consideration12,225
14,450
Other non-current liabilities51,520
44,572
67,188
56,286
Non-current deferred income taxes32,759
34,385
Deferred taxes3,657
5,161
Liabilities related to discontinued operations4,571
5,571
Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' Equity: 
Shareholders' Equity 
Common stock, $1.00 par value per share16,416
16,595
16,601
16,478
Additional paid-in capital114,021
104,891
125,477
119,052
Retained earnings153,344
132,944
199,151
185,229
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(23,618)(24,585)(6,829)(30,154)
Total shareholders' equity260,163
229,845
Total Shareholders' Equity$334,400
$290,605
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity$627,305
$556,070
$582,690
$622,407
   
See accompanying notes.-+notes.

6964

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011
Fiscal  
 2015
Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Net sales$917,097
$855,542
$758,913
$969,290
$920,325
$849,879
Cost of goods sold403,523
385,985
345,944
411,185
402,376
368,399
Gross profit513,574
469,557
412,969
$558,105
$517,949
$481,480
SG&A447,645
410,737
358,582
475,031
439,069
399,104
Change in fair value of contingent consideration275
6,285
2,400
Royalties and other operating income19,016
16,436
16,820
14,440
13,939
13,936
Operating income84,670
68,971
68,807
$97,514
$92,819
$96,312
Interest expense, net4,169
8,939
16,266
2,458
3,236
3,940
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
9,143
9,017
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes80,501
50,889
43,524
$95,056
$89,583
$92,372
Income taxes35,210
19,572
14,281
36,519
35,786
36,944
Earnings from continuing operations45,291
31,317
29,243
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

137
Net earnings from continuing operations$58,537
$53,797
$55,428
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes(27,975)(8,039)(10,137)
Net earnings$45,291
$31,317
$29,380
$30,562
$45,758
$45,291
  
Earnings from continuing operations per share:  
Net earnings from continuing operations per share:  
Basic$2.75
$1.89
$1.77
3.56
3.27
3.37
Diluted$2.75
$1.89
$1.77
3.54
3.27
3.36
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share: 
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share: 
Basic$
$
$0.01
(1.70)(0.49)(0.62)
Diluted$
$
$0.01
(1.69)(0.49)(0.62)
Net earnings per share:  
Basic$2.75
$1.89
$1.78
1.86
2.79
2.75
Diluted$2.75
$1.89
$1.78
1.85
2.78
2.75
Weighted average shares outstanding:    
Basic16,450
16,563
16,510
16,456
16,429
16,450
Dilution32
23
19
Diluted16,482
16,586
16,529
16,559
16,471
16,482
Dividends declared per share$0.72
$0.60
$0.52
$1.00
$0.84
$0.72
   
See accompanying notes.


7065

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011
Net earnings$45,291
$31,317
$29,380
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes   
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)703
171
(381)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges264
(1,082)526
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes967
(911)145
Comprehensive income$46,258
$30,406
$29,525
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
($ in thousands)
 Fiscal  
 2015
Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Net earnings$30,562
$45,758
$45,291
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:   
Foreign currency translation adjustment24,071
(7,617)703
Net (loss) gain on cash flow hedges(746)1,081
264
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes$23,325
$(6,536)$967
Comprehensive income$53,887
$39,222
$46,258
   
See accompanying notes.


7166

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
($ in thousands)
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
($ in thousands)
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
January 29, 201116,511
96,597
90,739
(23,819)$180,028
Net earnings and other comprehensive income

29,380
145
29,525
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.4 million85
2,646


2,731
Compensation expense for stock awards
2,180


2,180
Repurchase of common stock(74)(1,753)

(1,827)
Cash dividends declared and paid

(8,568)
(8,568)
January 28, 201216,522
99,670
111,551
(23,674)204,069
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss

31,317
(911)30,406
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.4 million73
2,465


2,538
Compensation expense for stock awards
2,756


2,756
Cash dividends declared and paid

(9,924)
(9,924)
February 2, 201316,595
104,891
132,944
(24,585)229,845
$16,595
$104,891
$132,944
$(24,585)$229,845
Net earnings and other comprehensive income

45,291
967
46,258


45,291
967
46,258
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $6.1 million44
7,471


7,515
Compensation expense for stock awards
1,659


1,659
Shares issued under equity plans, including excess tax benefits of $6.1 million44
7,471


7,515
Compensation expense for equity awards
1,659


1,659
Repurchase of common stock(223)
(12,976)
(13,199)(223)
(12,976)
(13,199)
Cash dividends declared and paid

(11,915)
(11,915)

(11,915)
(11,915)
February 1, 2014$16,416
$114,021
$153,344
$(23,618)$260,163
$16,416
$114,021
$153,344
$(23,618)$260,163
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss

45,758
(6,536)39,222
Shares issued under equity plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.1 million62
928


990
Compensation expense for equity awards
4,103


4,103
Cash dividends declared and paid

(13,873)
(13,873)
January 31, 2015$16,478
$119,052
$185,229
$(30,154)$290,605
Net earnings and other comprehensive income

30,562
23,325
53,887
Shares issued under equity plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.1 million123
1,184


1,307
Compensation expense for equity awards
5,241


5,241
Cash dividends declared and paid

(16,640)
(16,640)
January 30, 2016$16,601
$125,477
$199,151
$(6,829)$334,400
   
See accompanying notes.


7267

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in thousands)
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in thousands)
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:  
Earnings from continuing operations$45,291
$31,317
$29,243
Adjustments to reconcile earnings from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:  
Net earnings$30,562
$45,758
$45,291
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash provided by operating activities:  
Depreciation31,677
25,310
25,959
34,476
35,165
31,677
Amortization of intangible assets2,225
1,025
1,195
1,951
2,481
2,225
Equity compensation expense5,241
4,103
1,659
Change in fair value of contingent consideration275
6,285
2,400

275
275
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discount443
962
1,662
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
9,143
9,017
Amortization of deferred financing costs385
385
443
Loss on sale of discontinued operations20,517


Gain on sale of property and equipment(1,611)

(853)
(1,611)
Stock compensation expense1,659
2,756
2,180
Deferred income taxes674
(3,753)5,375
(361)(3,217)674
Excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation(6,086)(354)(398)
Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions:  
Receivables(11,917)(3,026)(9,740)
Inventories(29,488)(5,408)(18,332)
Excess tax benefits related to equity-based compensation

(6,086)
Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions, if any:  
Receivables, net11,371
(5,672)(11,917)
Inventories, net(8,058)(7,101)(29,488)
Prepaid expenses(3,068)(1,640)(6,030)(2,641)(1,646)(3,068)
Current liabilities16,821
2,429
6,074
(553)18,314
16,821
Other non-current assets(1,031)(3,886)1,684
Other non-current assets, net1,819
37
(1,031)
Other non-current liabilities6,870
5,938
(6,042)11,517
6,527
6,870
Net cash provided by operating activities52,734
67,098
44,247
Cash provided by operating activities$105,373
$95,409
$52,734
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:    
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired(17,888)(1,813)(398)

(17,888)
Purchases of property and equipment(43,372)(60,702)(35,310)(73,082)(50,355)(43,372)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment2,130


Net cash used in investing activities(59,130)(62,515)(35,708)
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations59,336


Other investing activities(200)
2,130
Cash used in investing activities$(13,946)$(50,355)$(59,130)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:    
Repayment of revolving credit arrangements(329,695)(193,328)(112,212)(345,485)(352,784)(329,695)
Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements354,649
307,270
114,835
281,852
320,548
354,649
Repurchase of senior notes
(111,000)(52,175)
Deferred financing costs paid(401)(1,524)


(401)
Payment of contingent consideration amounts earned
(4,980)
(12,500)(2,500)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including excess tax benefits7,499
2,892
3,129
1,307
990
7,499
Repurchase of stock awards for employee tax withholding liabilities(13,199)
(1,827)

(13,199)
Cash dividends declared and paid(11,915)(9,924)(8,568)(16,640)(13,873)(11,915)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities6,938
(10,594)(56,818)
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:  
Net cash provided by discontinued operations

17,479
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities$(91,466)$(47,619)$6,938
Net change in cash and cash equivalents$(39)$(2,565)$542
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents1,081
(637)424
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year5,281
8,483
7,517
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year$6,323
$5,281
$8,483
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:  
Cash paid for interest, net$2,301
$3,297
$3,826
Cash paid for income taxes$35,369
$41,806
$18,158
   See accompanying notes.

7368

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Net change in cash and cash equivalents542
(6,011)(30,800)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents424
155
79
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year7,517
13,373
44,094
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year$8,483
$7,517
$13,373
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:   
Cash paid for interest, net$3,826
$8,348
$15,033
Cash paid for income taxes$18,158
$25,442
$40,839
See accompanying notes.


74

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

February 1, 2014January 30, 2016

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principal Business Activity
We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-ownedowned Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®, as well as owned and licensed brands for tailored clothing and golf apparel. We distribute our company-ownedowned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of ownedour retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. Additionally, we operate Tommy Bahama restaurants, generally adjacent to selected Tommy Bahama retail stores. Our branded and private label tailored clothingapparel products of Lanier Apparel are distributed through department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, specialty stores, national chains, specialty catalogs mass merchants and Internet retailers. Originally founded in 1942, we have underwent a transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing branded apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us.
Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in our consolidated financial statements reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations.operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group, as discussed in Note 12. All amounts included in our prior year consolidated balances sheets, consolidated statements of operations and footnotes have been restated to classify amounts associated with our discontinued operations to conform to the current year presentation.
Fiscal Year
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. As used in our consolidated financial statements, the terms Fiscal 2011;2013, Fiscal 2012;2014, Fiscal 20132015 and Fiscal 20142016 reflect the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2012; 53 weeks ended February 2, 2013;1, 2014; 52 weeks ended February 1, 2014January 31, 2015; 52 weeks ended January 30, 2016; and 52 weeks ending January 31, 2015,28, 2017, respectively.
Principles of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or entities that meet the definition of a variable interest entity ofentities for which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary, if any. Generally, we consolidate businesses that we control through ownership of a majority voting interest. However, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a majority voting interest) does not apply. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well as other rights of the investors.investors which might indicate which investor is the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations from the respective dates of the acquisitions.
We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control via voting rights and were determined to not be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. Our investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets, while the income or loss related to our investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations.
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Business Combinations
We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. The purchase price allocation may be revised during an allocation period as necessary when, and if, information becomes available to revise the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Should information become available after the allocation

69


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

period indicating that an adjustment to the purchase price allocation is appropriate, that adjustment will be included in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.
On December 21, 2010, we acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, which we operate as our Lilly Pulitzer operating group subsequent to acquisition. We initially paid $60 million in cash, adjusted for net working capital as of the closing date for the acquisition. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we would be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets, as discussed in Note 6.
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2012, we acquired for $1.8 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee that operated that business. Additionally, during the second quarter of Fiscal 2013, we acquired for $17.9 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee that operated that business. For the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, allocation of the purchase price to significant

75

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

assets acquired based on their respective fair values iswas as follows: reacquired license rights of $11.0 million, inventory of $4.4 million and fixed assets of $1.7 million.
Transaction costs related to these business combinations, which are not included in the purchase price amountsamount paid to the sellersseller disclosed above, are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations as incurred.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, and wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recognized at the time of sale to consumers, which is consideredat the time of purchase for retail, restaurant and concession transactions and the time of shipment for e-commerce sales. Each of these types of transactions requires payment at the time of the transaction, which is typically made via a credit card and collected by us upon settlement of the credit card transaction within a few days. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, and net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations.
For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement. For substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products are considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped, as substantially all products are sold based on FOB shipping point terms. This generally coincides with the time that title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer. In certain cases in which we retain the risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer.shipped. For certain transactions in which the goods do not pass through our owned or third party distribution centers and title and the risks and rewards of ownership pass at the time the goods leave the foreign port, revenue is recognized at that time.
In the normal course of business, in addition to extension of typical credit terms, we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations and a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets. As of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, reserve balances related to these items were $9.7$8.4 million and $11.1$8.3 million,, respectively.
In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. We include such charges and write-offs in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations and a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets. As of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, bad debt reserve balances were $0.6$0.5 million and $1.0$0.6 million,, respectively.
Gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us are recorded as a liability until they are redeemed, at which point revenue is recognized. We have determined that based on historical experiencerecognize breakage income for gift cards and merchandise credits, are unlikely to be redeemed once they have been outstanding for three years and therefore may be recognized as income, subject to applicable laws in certain states, atusing the redemption recognition method or in some cases when we determine that time.the likelihood of the gift cards and merchandise credits being redeemed is remote. Deferred revenue for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise

70


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

credits received by customers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized to date, is included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $6.0$8.5 million and $4.9$7.2 million as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, respectively. Gift card breakage, which was not material in any period presented, is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings.

76

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Royalties from the license of our owned brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee's actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, is received from licensees. In some cases, we may receive initial payments for the grant of license rights, which are recognized as revenue over the term of the license agreement. Royalty income was $16.9$14.2 million,, $16.4 $13.7 million and $16.8$11.7 million during Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011,2013, respectively, and is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations.
Cost of Goods Sold
We include in cost of goods sold all manufacturing, sourcing and procurement costs and expenses incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, as well as in-bound freight from our warehouse to our own retail stores.stores, wholesale customers and e-commerce consumers. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include product cost, inbound freight charges, import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers' fees, consolidators' fees and depreciation and amortization expense associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement operations. Our gross margins may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of earningsoperations classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
SG&A
We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and shipping and handling of goods for delivery to customers as well as all costs associated with the operations of our retail stores, e-commerce sites, restaurants and concessions, such as labor, occupancy costs, store and restaurant pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training expenses) and other fees. SG&A also includes product design costs, selling costs, royalty costs, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.
Distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services for us. In Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011,2013, distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, included in SG&A totaled $22.6$21.6 million,, $24.4 $19.8 million and $23.2$17.7 million,, respectively. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees in net sales, and classify costs related to shippingdirect to consumer customers in cost of goods sold and costs related to wholesale customers in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations.
All costs associated with advertising, promoting and marketing of our products are expensed during the period when the advertisement first shows. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers' advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. If we negotiate an advertising plan and share in the cost for an advertising plan that is for specific ads run for products purchased by the customer from us, and the customer is required to provide proof that the advertisement was run, such costs are generally recognized as SG&A. Advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in SG&A for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 20112013 were $32.3$34.5 million,, $27.6 $32.2 million and $23.7$29.0 million,, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 were $1.9$2.5 million and $1.6$1.9 million,, respectively.
Royalties related to our license of third party brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of our actual net sales for the brand or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted based on net sales of the branded products, as appropriate. In some cases, we may be required to make certain up-front payments for the license rights, which are deferred and recognized as royalty expense over the term of the license agreement. Royalty expenses recognized as SG&A in Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 20112013 were $5.0$4.6 million,, $4.8 $5.3 million and $4.2$5.0 million,, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents

71


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows.

77

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities
During Fiscal 2010, in connection2015, the remaining $12.5 million of contingent consideration payable associated with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we accrued the fair valuecontingent consideration agreement was paid. During Fiscal 2014, $2.5 million of contingent consideration totaling $10.5 million as a non-cash financing activity. We also accrued an additional $0.3 million, $6.3 million and $2.4 million of changewas paid with no payment in fair value of contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of earnings during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively. The maximum amount payable pursuant to the contingent consideration agreement is $20 million in the aggregate.2013. Amounts paid pursuant to this contingent consideration arrangement are reflected in payment of contingent consideration earned in our consolidated statements of cash flows and discussed in more detail in Note 6.below.
During Fiscal 2010, in connection with our sale of substantiallyInventories, net
Substantially all of our inventories are finished goods inventories of apparel, footwear, accessories and related products. Inventories are valued at the operations and assetslower of our former Oxford Apparel Group, we accrued $5.4 million, which was placed in escrow and payable to us upon completion of the related working capital calculation, less the working capital shortfall. This amount represents a non-cash investing activity. In Fiscal 2011, we received $3.7 million of the escrow, with the remaining amount being returned to the purchaser as a result of working capital and other adjustments.
Inventories, netcost or market.
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior-seasons' fashion products, broken assortments, and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, and general economic conditions.conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last inventory count and each balance sheet date.
For consolidated financial reporting, as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013, $120.5January 31, 2015, $120.9 million,, or 84%94%, and $92.5$114.4 million,, or 84%95%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our LIFO reserve. The remaining $23.2$8.3 million and $17.1$6.2 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, respectively. Generally, inventories of our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market, and our inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 10.2.
There were no material LIFO inventory liquidations in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, the LIFO reserves included in our consolidated balance sheets were $59.4 million and $58.6 million, respectively.
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories.
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance and any assets under capital leases, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to our consolidated statements of earningsoperations as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


7872

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Leasehold improvements Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology 2 – 15 years
Buildings and improvements 7 – 40 years
Property and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the discontinued use of an asset and other factors. This review includes the evaluation of any under-performing stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the store. We calculate the fair value of long-lived assets using the age-life method. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations arethe estimated fair value is less than theirthe carrying amounts,amount of the asset, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
Substantially all of our depreciation expense is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings,operations, with the only depreciation included elsewhere within our consolidated statements of earningsoperations being depreciation associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement processes, which areis included in cost of goods sold. Depreciation expense for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 included $0.0 million, $0.3 million, and $4.6 million, respectively,No material impairment of impairment charges for property and equipment, which generally relate to leasehold impairments at retail stores.fixed assets was recognized in any period presented. Depreciation by operating group in Note 102 and in our consolidated statements of cash flows includes theseany fixed asset impairment charges. In Fiscal 2011, $3.7 million of the impairment charges reflect impairment of retail store and restaurant assets in the Tommy Bahama operating group. Substantially all of the impairment charges were recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.
Intangible Assets, net
At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.
Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which primarily consist of trademarks, are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. Like the initial valuation, the evaluation of recoverability is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors which require certain assumptions to be made by us, including estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademark, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. Bypassing the qualitative assessment in any period does not prohibit us from performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.
We test, either quantitatively or qualitatively, intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that date. No impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was recognized during any period presented.
We recognize amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. Certain of our intangible assets with finite lives may be amortized over periods of up to 15 years in some cases. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization considers the remaining contractual period of the reacquired right, as applicable, our plans for the intangible assets

7973

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amortization considers the remaining contractual period of the required right, as applicable, our plans for the intangible assets and factors outside of our control, including expected customer attrition. Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows resulting from the intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during any period presented.
Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets which primarily consist of trademarks and customer relationships, are generally expensed as incurred.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.
We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year.year or when impairment indicators exist. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to determine if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables, which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.
If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. No impairment of goodwill was recognized during any periodsperiod presented. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, all the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet is deductible for tax purposes.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net
Amounts included in prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses, including rent, advertising, samples, taxes, samples,maintenance contracts, insurance, retail supplies, advertising and royalties. Other non-current assets primarily consist of assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan as discussed below, assets related to certain investments in officers' life insurance policies, security deposits, investments in unconsolidated entities and deferred financing costs.costs related to our revolving credit agreement.
Officers' life insurance policies that are owned by us, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, the officers' life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled $5.8$4.9 million and $5.5$5.1 million,, respectively.
Deferred financing costs whichfor our revolving credit agreements are included in other non-current assets, net, while deferred financing costs for any debt other than revolving credit agreements, if any, are included as a reduction to the respective debt amount in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Amortization expense for deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of earnings,operations, was $0.4$0.4 million,, $0.8 $0.4 million and $1.1$0.4 million during Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011,2013, respectively. Unamortized deferred financing costs included in other non-current assets, net totaled $1.9$1.1 million and $1.9$1.5 million at February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, respectively.
Deferred Compensation

8074

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Deferred Compensation
We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees.employees and our non-employee directors. The plan provides participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan. We make contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments to provide a source of funds for satisfying these deferred compensation liabilities. Investments held for our deferred compensation plan consist of insurance contracts and are recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. A change in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the employeeparticipant resulting in an immaterial net impact on our consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.
The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities, which are included in other non-current assets, net, as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 was $11.4$9.6 million and $10.3$12.0 million,, respectively, substantially all of which are held in a rabbi trust. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $11.1$10.6 million and $10.0$11.3 million at February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, respectively.
Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses and Liabilities
Liabilities for accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses and liabilities are carried at cost, which reflects the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to us. Accruals for employee insurance and workers' compensation, which are included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.
We are subject to certain claims and assessments related to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The claims and assessments may relate to disputes about intellectual property, real estate and contracts, as well as labor, employment, environmental and tax matters. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related legal fees. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome andor amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available or as circumstances change, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. We believe the outcome of outstanding or pending matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently available.
Contingent Consideration
In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the payment of additional purchase consideration to the sellers if certain performance criteria are achieved during a specified period. Pursuant to the guidance related to the purchase method of accounting, we must recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. Absent any other changes to assumptions included in our valuation of the contingent consideration, we expect as time passes that the fair value of the contingent consideration willwould increase due to the passage of time as we approach the payment dates. Additionally, a change in assumptions related to the contingent consideration in future periods could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized as change in fair value of contingent considerationSG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations.
As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we would be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The termsAs a result of Lilly Pulitzer exceeding the earnings targets specified in the contingent consideration arrangement and amounts earned and paid are discussed in further detail in Note 6. As ofagreement, the date of acquisition we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5maximum $20 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration amount

8175

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

arrangement will be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target may not be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors. As of January 28, 2012, we still anticipated that the performance criteria would be met based on the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteriawas earned in Fiscal 2011, and we reevaluated the discount rate at that time.
As of February 2, 2013, we reevaluated the discount rate and determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods would be appropriate. This lower discount rate reflected our assessment that we believed the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned is greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through Fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carries over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) the Fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeded both the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 targets, (3) our operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods which exceeded the Fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provides greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflects the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement.
As of February 1, 2014, we still anticipate that the performance criteria will be met based on our consideration of (1) the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteria through Fiscal 2013, resulting in a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2013 and earlier which carries over as a reduction to the Fiscal 2014 target and counts towards the cumulative target and (2) Fiscal 2013 operating results exceeding the Fiscal 2014 target. Our discount rate at February 1, 2014 reflects these assumptions about the minimal uncertainty about these amounts being earned.
full. A summary of the fair value of the contingent consideration liability, including non-currentcurrent and currentnon-current amounts, is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Fiscal 2015
Fiscal 2014
Fiscal 2013
Balance at beginning of year$14,450
$13,145
$10,745
$12,500
$14,725
$14,450
Change in fair value of contingent consideration275
6,285
2,400

275
275
Contingent consideration payments made to sellers during the year
(4,980)
(12,500)(2,500)
Balance at end of year$14,725
$14,450
$13,145
$
$12,500
$14,725
Maximum contingent consideration amounts payable in future years$15,000
$15,000
$17,500
Other Non-current Liabilities
Amounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred rent related to our operating lease agreements as discussed below and deferred compensation as discussed above, and an environmental remediation reserve as discussed in Note 6.above.
Leases
In the ordinary course of business we enter into lease agreements for retail, restaurant, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. The leases have varying terms and expirations and frequently have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. We assess the lease at inception and determine whether the lease qualifies as a capital or operating lease. Assets leased under capital leases and the related liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets in property and equipment and long-term debt, respectively. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
When a non-cancelable operating lease includes any fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays and/or landlord build-out-related allowances, rent expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space and does not assume that any termination options included in the lease

82

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

will be exercised. The amount by which rents payable under the lease since lease inception differs from the amount recognized on a straight-line basis since lease inception is recorded in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred rent as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 was $37.8$54.6 million and $31.6$42.7 million,, respectively. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels, and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event are recognized as the expense is incurred.
If we vacate leased space and determine that we do not plan to use the space in the future, we recognize a loss for any future rent payments, less any anticipated future sublease income and adjusted for any deferred rent amounts included in our consolidated balance sheet on that date. Additionally, for any lease that we terminate and agree to a lease termination payment, we recognize in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations a loss for the lease termination payment at the time of the agreement.No material amounts of such charges were incurred in any period presented. During Fiscal 2011, we recognized a reduction in deferred rent of $3.6 million resulting from our decision to exit certain leases by negotiating a lease termination or by deciding that we will exercise an early termination option for certain existing lease agreements. These amounts are reflected as a reduction to SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk when we generate net sales or incur expenses in currencies other than the functional currency of the business.respective operations. We have determined that the functional currency for substantially all of our operations is the respective local currency. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the respective functional currency of the subsidiary are remeasuredre-measured into the respective functional currency of the subsidiary at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are remeasuredre-measured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period. The impact of any such remeasurementre-measurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations in the respectivethat period. Net gains (losses) related to foreign currency transactions recognized in Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 20112013 were not material to our consolidated financial statements.
Additionally, the financial statements of our subsidiariesoperations for which the functional currency is a currency other than the United States dollar are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period for the statements of earnings.operations. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets and included in other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting in no impact on net earnings for the relevant period.

76


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments, which include our forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements,if any, are measured at their fair values in our consolidated balance sheets. Fair values of any derivative financial instruments are determined by us based on dealer quotes, which may be based on a variety of factors including observable and unobservable inputs. Unrealized gains and losses are recognized as prepaid expenses or accrued expenses, respectively. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. The criteria used to determine if a derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting treatment are whether an appropriate hedging instrument has been identified and designated to reduce a specific exposure and whether there is a high correlation between changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the identified exposure based on the nature of the hedging relationship. Based on the nature of the hedging relationship, a qualifying derivative is designated for accounting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign business. As of February 1, 2014, all of our derivative financial instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are designated as cash flow hedges.
We may formally document hedging instruments and hedging relationships at the inception of each contract. Further, we assess both at the inception of a contract and on an ongoing basis whether the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting the risk of the hedged transaction. For any derivative financial instrument that is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and has not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. For any financial instrument that is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, or for any ineffective portion of a hedge, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is included in net earnings

83

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(losses).earnings. Cash flows related to hedging transactions are classified in our consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of earningsoperations in the same category as the items being hedged.
We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We did not hold any derivative financial instruments, which had not been settled, that were not designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 and no significant ineffectiveness was recorded on qualifying hedges during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.
The counterparties to our derivative contracts are generally financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. To manage our credit risk related to our derivative financial instruments, we periodically monitor the credit risk of our counterparties, limit our exposure in the aggregate and to any single counterparty, and adjust our hedging position, as appropriate. The impact of credit risk, as well as the ability of each party to fulfill its obligations under our derivative financial instruments, is considered in determining the fair value of the contracts. Historically, credit risk has not had a significant effect on the fair value of our derivative contracts. We do not have any credit risk-related contingent features or collateral requirements with our derivative financial instruments.
Foreign Currency Risk Management
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from our businesses operating outside of the United States, which isare primarily related to (1) our United Kingdom and European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currencycurrencies of the business;businesses and (2) our businesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in currencies other than the applicable functional currency; and (3) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions. We may enter into short-term forward foreign currency exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory or selling goods in currencies other than theirthe functional currencies by certain of our foreign subsidiaries. Historically, we have entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for our Ben Sherman United Kingdom business using pound sterling for the purchase of United States dollars, which are used for inventory purchases, and for the sale of Euro, which are generated from Ben Sherman operations in Europe, for pound sterling.operations. Due to the limited magnitude and the uncertainty about timing of our other internationalcash flows provided by or used in the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for our otherthese international operations, including the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada.
The fair valuesoperations. As of forward foreign exchange contracts are determined by us based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflect the amounts thatJanuary 30, 2016, we would receive or pay at the short-term maturity dates for contracts involving the same currencies and maturity dates. Allwere not a party to any forward foreign currency exchange contracts that had not been settled ascontracts; however, prior to our disposal of February 1, 2014 have contractual settlement dates during the next 18 months. Thus,Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2015, we anticipate that the substantial majority of gains (losses) included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of February 1, 2014 that are ultimately realized will impact net earnings in the next year as the contracts are settled. The notional amount ofwere a party to certain forward foreign currency exchange contracts which had not been settled that qualify as hedges for accounting purposes totaled $27.7 million and $33.4 million as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.contracts.
Interest Rate Risk Management
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness which includesof our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. We generally intendmay attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times weall of our debt may not have anybe either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Additionally,fixed-rate. At times we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate on variable rate debt if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.
In order to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates, in future periods, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we swapswapped the interest rate on certain of our variable-rate borrowings ranging from $25$25 million to $45$45 million during the period from August 2013 until March 2015 for a fixed-rate interest charge equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. As of January 30, 2016, we do not have any interest rate swap agreements.

8477

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

million during the period from August 2013 until March 2015 for a fixed rate interest charge equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
The fair value of the interest rate swap is determined by us based on dealer quotes, which consider forward curves and volatility levels using observable market inputs when available. We anticipate that any gain (loss) included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of February 1, 2014 which is ultimately realized will impact net earnings during the period from February 1, 2014 through March 2015.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value, in accordance with GAAP, is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost). These valuation techniques may be based upon observable and unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value pursuant to the guidance are as follows:
Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.
Our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, forward foreign currency exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, fair value of contingent consideration and debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses generally approximate their fair values. Additionally, we believe the carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings approximate fair value.
The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities (in thousands) measured and recorded at In the event we had any foreign currency forward contracts or interest rate swaps outstanding we anticipate that such fair value on a recurring basis, eachamounts would require Level 2 inputs, while the valuation of which are discussed in further detail above:


85

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 Total Fair Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
February 1, 2014    
Financial Liabilities:    
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts$285
$
$285
$
Interest rate swap agreements$50
$
$50
$
Fair value of contingent consideration, (current and non-current)$14,725
$
$
$14,725
February 2, 2013    
Financial Liabilities:    
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts$576
$
$576
$
Interest rate swap agreements$23
$
$23
$
Fair value of contingent consideration (current and non-current)$14,450
$
$
$14,450
For a description of the methods used for determining the fair value of the financial instruments included in the table above, refer to the accounting policy description for the respective financial instrument included above.contingent consideration requires Level 3 inputs. Additionally, we have determined that our property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, for which the book values are disclosed in Notes 3 and 4, are non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values for each of these assets generally are based on Level 3 inputs.
Equity Compensation
We have certain equity compensation plans as described in Note 7, which provide for the ability to grant restricted shares, restricted share units, options and other equity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize equity awards to employees and non-employee directors in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations based on their fair values on the grant date. The fair valuevalues of restricted shares and restricted share units are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, regardless of whether the awards are performance or service based awards.based.
Using the fair value method, compensation expense, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital, is recognized related to the equity awards.awards over the specified service and performance period, as applicable. For awards with specified service requirements, the fair value of the equity awards granted to employees is recognized over the respective service period. For performance-based awards, during the performance period we assess expected performance versus the predetermined performance goals and adjust the cumulative equity compensation expense to reflect the relative expected performance achievement. The equity compensation expense earned by the employees is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period and any additional required service period. Equity compensation is recognized less an estimated forfeiture rate, if material, and the estimated forfeiture rate is assessed and adjusted periodically, as appropriate.
Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant to GAAP, such as foreign currency translation adjustments and the net unrealized gain (loss) associated with cash flow hedges which qualify for hedge accounting, including forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements.if any. These amounts of other comprehensive income (loss) are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is included in shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon settlement of

78


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the agreement, amounts related to foreign currency contracts are recognized as a part of the cost of inventory being hedged in our consolidated balance sheetsheets and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations when the related inventory is sold, while amounts related to interest rate swap agreements are recognized in our statements of operations as an adjustment to interest expense on the individual

86

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

payment dates of the agreement. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to our consolidated statements of earnings were not material in any period presented.sold.
Dividends
Dividends are accrued at the time that the dividend is declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal quarter declared.quarter.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk as a result of our accounts receivable balances, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to customers operating in a number of retail distribution channels in the United States and other countries. WeIn our wholesale channel of distribution we often extend credit andterms to our customers that satisfy defined credit criteria. We continuously monitor credit risk based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition and credit history and generally require no collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. Additionally, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. Two customers represented 11% and 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable, net, as of February 1, 2014 with no other customers representing 10% or more of our consolidated accounts receivable at that date.
No individual customer represented greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 or Fiscal 2011. Additionally, during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 no individual2013. As of January 30, 2016, one customer represented more than 10% or more14% and another customer represented 13% of the net sales of Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer or Ben Sherman. During each of Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the top five customers of Lanier Clothes, represented 67%, 73% and 68%, respectively, of Lanier Clothes net sales. In Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the largest individual customerour receivables included in Lanier Clothes represented 17%, 19% and 18%, respectively, of the net sales of Lanier Clothes.our consolidated balance sheet.
Income Taxes
Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carryforwards,carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of their net recorded amount, we will reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce income tax expense. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.
There are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases of assets in the case of foreign subsidiaries. When the financial basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. We consider our investments in our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested, and accordingly have not recognized a deferred tax liability for these foreign subsidiaries due to a difference in financial and tax basis. Deferred tax liabilities are also not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider the undistributed earnings of substantially all of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of February 1, 2014 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these earnings in our consolidated financial statements.

87

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate.
We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. MeasurementThe second step, measurement, is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not standard,threshold, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the relevant taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. DerecognitionAlternatively, de-recognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax

79


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 and during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, we did not have any material unrecognized tax benefit amounts, including any related potential penalty or interest expense, or material changes in such amounts.
In the case of foreign subsidiaries there are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases of assets. When the financial basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. Further, deferred tax liabilities are not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider substantially all of our investments in and undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of January 30, 2016 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these amounts in our consolidated financial statements.
We generally receive a United States income tax benefit upon the vesting of shares and exercise of options granted to employees. The benefit is equal to the difference, multiplied by the appropriate tax rate, between (1) the fair value of the share at the time of vesting of a restricted share or restricted share unit or at the time of the exercise of the optionaward and (2) the amount required to be paid by the employee, if any. We have recordedrecord the tax benefit associated with the vesting of shares and share unitsawards granted to employees and the exercise of options as a reduction to income taxes payable. To the extent the tax benefit relates to the value of awards recognized as compensation expense has been recorded,in our financial statements, income tax expense is reduced. Any additional tax benefit is recorded directly to shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. If a tax benefit is realized on compensation of an amount less than the amount recorded for financial statement purposes, the decrease in benefit is also recorded directly to shareholders' equity.
We file income tax returns in the United States and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for the years ended on or before January 30, 2010,28, 2012, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations net of taxes and net earnings per share are calculated by dividing the respective earnings amount by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period, including any unvested restricted shares with nonforfeitable rights to dividends, if any.period. Shares repurchased are removed from the weighted average number of shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery.
Diluted net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations net of taxes, and net earnings per share are calculated similarly to the amounts above, except that the weighted average shares outstanding in the diluted calculations also includes the potential dilution using the treasury stock method that could occur if dilutive securities, including restricted share units,awards, options or other dilutive awards, if any, were converted to shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any restricted share units,awards, options or other dilutive awards that are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid, future compensation expense to be recognized and the amount of tax benefits, if any, which will be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming the conversion of the share-based awards.
Discontinued Operations
On January 3, 2011, we disposed of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operating group. The amounts classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented reflect the operations of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, as reported historically, except that (1) the operations of our Oxford Golf business and the operations of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center are reported within Corporate and Other as those operations were not sold and (2) certain corporate service costs which were previously allocated to Oxford Apparel are reported as corporate service costs included in Corporate and Other as there was uncertainty in whether there would be a reduction in those costs as a result of the Oxford Apparel sale.
Use of Estimates

88

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
ReclassificationsAccounting Standards Adopted in Fiscal 2015
Certain prior yearIn February 2015, the FASB issued revised guidance which changes the guidance for evaluating whether to consolidate certain legal entities. Specifically, the amendments modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities. This guidance was adopted by us in Fiscal 2015 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015 and August 2015, the FASB issued guidance which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability consistent with the presentation of debt discounts, however debt issuance costs related to revolving credit agreements may be presented in

80


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the balance sheet as an asset. This guidance was adopted by us in Fiscal 2015 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as there were no changes to the classification of our deferred financing costs in our consolidated balance sheets.
In November 2015, the FASB issued guidance related to the presentation of deferred income taxes. The guidance requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current in a consolidated balance sheet. This guidance was adopted by us in Fiscal 2015 and resulted in a change in classification of $24 million of deferred tax amounts in our consolidated financial statements have been reclassifiedbalance sheet as of January 31, 2015 from current deferred tax assets to non-current deferred tax liabilities, as amounts in our prior year consolidated balance were adjusted to conform to the Fiscal 2013 presentation.presentation in the current period. The adoption did not have any impact on our financial position or net earnings.

Note 2. InventoriesRecently Issued Accounting Standards Applicable to Future Years
In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance which provides a single, comprehensive accounting model for revenue arising from contracts with customers. This guidance supersedes most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. Under this model, revenue is recognized at an amount that a company expects to be entitled to upon transferring control of goods or services to a customer, as opposed to when risks and rewards transfer to a customer. The componentsnew guidance also requires additional disclosures about the nature, timing and uncertainty of inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
Finished goods$187,689
$154,593
Work in process9,606
6,028
Fabric, trim and supplies3,082
5,431
LIFO reserve(56,665)(56,447)
Total inventory$143,712
$109,605
There were no LIFO inventory liquidations in Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011. LIFO accounting charges, which we consider to includerevenue and cash flow arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. Considering the LIFO reserveone-year delay in the required adoption date for the guidance as well asissued in July 2015, the new guidance is effective for us beginning in our 2018 fiscal year, and may be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented or through a cumulative adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance in the year of adoption. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of changesthe new guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard on leasing. The new standard will require companies to record most leased assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and also proposes a dual model for recognizing expense. This guidance will be effective in inventory reserves related to lowerthe first quarter of cost or market adjustments2019 with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact that do not exceed the LIFO reserve, were $0.0 million, $4.0 million and $5.8 million in Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively.adopting this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 2. Operating Groups
Our business is primarily operated through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Apparel operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable.
Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and also license their trademarks for other product categories, while Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men's tailored clothing, golf apparel and other products. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to our operating groups.
In Fiscal 2015 as a result of certain organizational and management reporting changes, our Oxford Golf operations, which were previously included in Corporate and Other, are considered part of and included in our Lanier Apparel operating group. For all periods presented, Lanier Apparel includes the Oxford Golf operations, while amounts for Corporate and Other exclude the Oxford Golf operations as Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 amounts were restated to conform to presentation in the current period. The tables below present certain financial information (in thousands) about our operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other. Amounts for net sales, depreciation and amortization, purchases of property and equipment and operating income associated with our Ben Sherman operations, which were sold in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015, are classified as

81


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

discontinued operations in Note 12 and therefore excluded from the tables below.
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Net sales   
Tommy Bahama$658,467
$627,498
$584,941
Lilly Pulitzer204,626
167,736
137,943
Lanier Apparel105,106
126,430
127,421
Corporate and Other1,091
(1,339)(426)
Total$969,290
$920,325
$849,879
Depreciation and Amortization of Intangible Assets   
Tommy Bahama$28,103
$27,412
$24,806
Lilly Pulitzer5,644
4,616
3,215
Lanier Apparel456
350
347
Corporate and Other1,557
2,186
2,380
Total$35,760
$34,564
$30,748
Operating Income (Loss)   
Tommy Bahama$65,993
$71,132
$72,207
Lilly Pulitzer42,525
32,190
25,951
Lanier Apparel7,700
10,043
11,900
Corporate and Other(18,704)(20,546)(13,746)
Total operating income97,514
92,819
96,312
Interest expense, net2,458
3,236
3,940
Earnings Before Income Taxes$95,056
$89,583
$92,372
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Purchases of Property and Equipment   
Tommy Bahama$54,490
$35,782
$30,810
Lilly Pulitzer17,197
7,335
10,343
Lanier Apparel206
1,740
30
Corporate and Other529
1,208
1,052
Total$72,422
$46,065
$42,235
 January 30, 2016January 31, 2015
Total Assets  
Tommy Bahama$458,234
$420,083
Lilly Pulitzer115,419
104,352
Lanier Apparel35,451
41,455
Corporate and Other(26,414)(23,353)
Assets related to discontinued operations
79,870
Total$582,690
$622,407
Net book value of our property and equipment, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

82


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

 January 30, 2016January 31, 2015
United States$178,390
$141,759
Other foreign (1)5,704
4,280
Total$184,094
$146,039
(1) The net book value of our property and equipment outside of the United States primarily relates to property and equipment associated with our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Australia and Japan.
Net sales recognized by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
United States$932,878
$885,271
$825,440
Other foreign (1)36,412
35,054
24,439
Total$969,290
$920,325
$849,879
(1) The net sales outside of the United States primarily relates to our Tommy Bahama international retail operations in Canada, Australia and Japan.
Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, carried at cost, is summarized as follows (in thousands):
February 1, 2014February 2, 2013January 30, 2016January 31, 2015
Land$1,594
$1,870
$3,166
$1,594
Buildings and improvements28,727
29,717
31,461
27,129
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology140,616
124,138
167,230
149,452
Leasehold improvements168,950
152,778
208,472
176,463
Subtotal339,887
308,503
410,329
354,638
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization(198,368)(179,621)(226,235)(208,599)
Total property and equipment, net$141,519
$128,882
$184,094
$146,039

Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):
 January 30, 2016January 31, 2015
Intangible assets with finite lives$38,897
$39,756
Accumulated amortization(33,359)(31,822)
Total intangible assets with finite lives, net5,538
7,934
   
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:  
Trademarks138,200
138,200
Total intangible assets, net$143,738
$146,134

8983

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)

 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
   Intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired license rights and customer relationships:$55,050
$45,793
   Accumulated amortization(43,488)(41,994)
Total intangible assets with finite lives, net11,562
3,799
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:  
Trademarks161,461
160,518
Total intangible assets, net$173,023
$164,317
The changes in carrying amount of intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 20112013 are as follows (in thousands):
Tommy BahamaLilly PulitzerBen ShermanTotalTommy BahamaLilly PulitzerTotal
Balance, January 29, 2011$112,480
$30,488
$23,712
$166,680
Amortization(516)(460)(219)(1,195)
Other, including foreign currency changes

(292)(292)
Balance, January 28, 2012111,964
30,028
23,201
165,193
Amortization(384)(389)(252)(1,025)
Other, including foreign currency changes

149
149
Balance, February 2, 2013111,580
29,639
23,098
164,317
$111,580
$29,639
$141,219
Acquisition of reacquired license rights11,041


11,041
11,041

11,041
Amortization(1,687)(329)(209)(2,225)(1,687)(329)(2,016)
Other, including foreign currency changes(1,076)
966
(110)(1,076)
(1,076)
Balance, February 1, 2014$119,858
$29,310
23,855
$173,023
119,858
29,310
149,168
Amortization(2,004)(278)(2,282)
Other, including foreign currency changes(752)
(752)
Balance, January 31, 2015117,102
29,032
146,134
Amortization(1,688)(238)(1,926)
Other, including foreign currency changes(470)
(470)
Balance, January 30, 2016$114,944
$28,794
$143,738
Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2018each of the next five years is expected to be $2.5$1.7 million, $2.4$1.6 million, $2.2$1.6 million, $2.0$0.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively.$0.2 million.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 20112013 are as follows (in thousands):
Tommy BahamaLilly PulitzerTotalTommy BahamaLilly PulitzerTotal
Balance, January 29, 2011$
$16,866
$16,866
Purchase accounting adjustments
(371)(371)
Balance, January 28, 2012
16,495
16,495
Acquisition780

780
Balance, February 2, 2013780
16,495
17,275
$780
$16,495
$17,275
Acquisition247

247
247

247
Other, including foreign currency changes(123)
(123)(123)
(123)
Balance, February 1, 2014$904
$16,495
$17,399
904
16,495
17,399
Other, including foreign currency changes(103)
(103)
Balance, January 31, 2015801
16,495
17,296
Other, including foreign currency changes(73)
(73)
Balance, January 30, 2016$728
$16,495
$17,223

Note 5. Debt
We had $44.0 million and $104.8 million of borrowings outstanding as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, under our $235 million U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement"). The following table details our debt (in thousands):

90

TableU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of Contents
specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average borrowing rate of 2.6% as of January 30, 2016), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization, (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018) and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")(1)(2)$137,592
$108,552
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")(3)3,993
7,944
Total debt141,585
116,496
Short-term debt(3,993)(7,944)
Long-term debt$137,592
$108,552


(1)The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into in June 2012 and amended in November 2013, amended and restated our prior $175 million U.S. revolving credit facility. The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

(2)The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement was amended in November 2013 primarily to (1) extend the maturity date of the facility from June 2017 to November 2018, (2) reduce the applicable margin (by 25 to 50 basis points, depending on excess availability under the facility at the time of determination) used to determine the applicable interest rate(s); and (3) modify certain other provisions and restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

(3)The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin; (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to theirits terms, to our linesline of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities arefacility is also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which are drawn against our lines of credit at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amounts available under our linesline of credit and borrowing capacity under our credit facilities

84


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

when issued. As of February 1, 2014, $8.5January 30, 2016, $5.1 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against our credit facilities.U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we had $92.6$185.9 million and $3.9 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respectivecertain limitations on borrowings set forth in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.borrowings.
Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties
Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, areis subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities arefacility is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.
OurAdditionally, our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must

91

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilitiesU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreements.agreement. During Fiscal 20132015 and as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities.
Senior Secured Notes
In Fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 11.375% Senior Secured Notes ("Senior Secured Notes") for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $0.8 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.0 million in Fiscal 2011.

In Fiscal 2012, we redeemed all of the remaining outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes, which were scheduled to mature in July 2015. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes for $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, and the related write-off of $1.7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and$1.4 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million in Fiscal 2012. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes satisfied and discharged all of our obligations with respect to the Senior Secured Notes and the related indenture and was funded primarily through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies
We have operating lease agreements for retail space, restaurants, warehouses and sales and administrative offices as well as equipment with varying terms. Total rent expense, which includes minimum and contingent rent expense incurred but excludes the reduction in rent expense associated with the write-off of deferred rent amounts upon the exit or decision to exit retail stores, under all leases was $72.3$82.6 million, $62.9$72.8 million and $49.5$66.0 million in Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011,2013, respectively. Most leases provide for payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property and manymost retail leases provide for contingent rent based on retail sales, which are included in total rent expense above. These payments for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent percentage rent are included in rent expense above, but are generally not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments below, as, in some cases, the amounts payable in future periods are not quantified in the lease agreement and are dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges included in total rent expense above were $18.8$22.1 million, $16.1$19.3 million and $12.5$16.7 million in Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011,2013, respectively, which includes $0.6$1.0 million, $0.7$0.9 million and $1.2$0.6 million of contingent percentage rent during Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011,2013, respectively.
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, the aggregate minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $60.0$64.0 million, $55.3$62.3 million, $50.2$55.7 million, $45.1$51.9 million, $39.0$50.0 million and $190.6$193.3 million for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2017, Fiscal 2018each of the next five years and thereafter, respectively.thereafter.
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, we are also obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future minimum royalty and advertising payments of $5.5$6.0 million, $2.9$4.7 million and $0.1 million for Fiscal 2014,2016, Fiscal 20152017 and Fiscal 2016,2018, respectively, and none thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts, if any, that exceed the minimums required pursuant to the agreements.
In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations during Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which we would be obligated to pay up to an additional $20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The potential contingent consideration is comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each

92

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of the Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $10 million.
During Fiscal 2012, we paid the maximum $2.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011. During Fiscal 2012, we also paid the $2.5 million Fiscal 2012 contingent consideration amount, less a discount in respect of our payment of the contingent consideration amount being paid prior to year-end. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability as of February 1, 2014 is included in non-current contingent consideration and contingent consideration current liability in our consolidated balance sheet in the amounts of $12.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These amounts in the aggregate reflect the fair value of the $15.0 million of contingent consideration expected to be paid in future periods.
During the 1990s, we discovered the presence of hazardous waste on one of our properties. We believe that remedial action will be required, including continued investigation, monitoring and treatment of groundwater and soil, although the timing of such remedial action is uncertain. As of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, the reserve for the remediation of this site was $1.6$1.2 million and $1.8$1.3 million, respectively, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated

85


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs, on an undiscounted basis, to clean up thisthe site, based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the remediation activities required and timing of those activities become known. No significantmaterial amounts related to this reserve were recorded in the statements of earningsoperations in Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 or Fiscal 2011.2013.
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity
Common Stock
We had 60 million shares of $1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015. We had 16.416.6 million and 16.616.5 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, respectively.
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
As of February 1, 2014, 1.3January 30, 2016, 1.1 million shares were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan"). The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant stock-basedequity-based awards to employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. No additional grants are available under any predecessor plans. Subsequent to December 2003, performance- and service-based restricted shares and restricted share units have been the primary vehicle in our stock-based compensation strategy, although we are not prohibited from granting other types of share-based compensation awards.
Restricted share awards and restricted share unit awards recently granted to officers and other key employees generally vest three or four years from the date of grant if (1) the performance threshold, if any, was met and (2) the employee is still employed by us on the vesting date. At the time that restricted shares are issued, the shareholder may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, be entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock unless the shares are forfeited. At the time that restricted share units are issued, the recipient may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, earn non-forfeitable dividend equivalents equal to the dividend paid per share to holders of our common stock, but does not obtain voting rights associated with the restricted share units. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling any restricted shares or restricted share units, and generally forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by our compensation committee or Board of Directors, as applicable.
The table below summarizes the restricted share award activity for officers and other key employees (in shares) during Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 2012,2014, and Fiscal 2011:2013:
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Restricted share awards outstanding at beginning of fiscal year91,172
$59
56,521
$47
487,500
$12
Service-based restricted share awards granted/issued23,637
$60
35,641
$78

$
Performance-based restricted share awards issued related to prior year performance awards87,153
$78

$
59,129
$47
Restricted share awards vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability(4,645)$64

$
(487,500)$12
Restricted shares forfeited(21,431)70
(990)78
(2,608)$43
Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year175,886
$67
91,172
$59
56,521
$47

9386

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Restricted shares outstanding at beginning of fiscal year487,500
$12
497,500
$12
780,500
$16
Restricted shares granted



40,000
$23
Restricted shares vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability(487,500)$12


(273,000)$22
Restricted shares forfeited

(10,000)$23
(50,000)$17
Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year
$
487,500
$12
497,500
$12
DuringIn each of Fiscal 20132015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2012,2013, we granted performance awards to certain officers and other key employees with the opportunity to earn 0.1 million restricted share units, in the aggregate. Each performance award provided the recipient with the opportunity to earn restricted share unitsawards contingent upon our achievement of certain performance objectives during the respective Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 performance periods. Each of the performance-based awards require that the employee remain employed by the company for a specified period after the respective performance period and are not issued until approved by our compensation committee after completion of the performance period. During Fiscal 2013, no restricted share units were earned as the performance objectives for Fiscal 2013 were not achieved. During Fiscal 2012, 0.1 million2015, approximately 90,000 of restricted share unitsawards were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 20122015 performance period and were issued in March 2013. TheFiscal 2016, however these awards were not included in the table above or the table below summarizesas the restrictedawards had not been issued as of January 30, 2016. These 90,000 shares had a grant date fair value of $58 per share unit activity (in shares) for Fiscal 2013:and vest in April 2018.
 Fiscal 2013
 
Number of
Unvested Share Units
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Restricted share units outstanding at beginning of fiscal year
$
Restricted share units issued59,129
$47
Restricted share units vested, including restricted share units repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability

Restricted share units forfeited(2,608)$43
Restricted share units outstanding at end of fiscal year56,521
$47
The following table summarizes information about the unvested restricted share unitsawards as of February 1, 2014.January 30, 2016. The unvested restricted share units will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, subject to the employee still being an employee at that time.
Grant
Number of
Unvested Share Units
Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant
Vesting
Date
Number of
Unvested Share Awards
Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant
Vesting
Date
Fiscal 2012 Restricted Share Unit Awards56,521
$47
March 2016
Fiscal 2012 Performance-based Restricted Share Awards49,001
$47
March 2016
Fiscal 2014 Service-based Restricted Share Awards28,546
$78
April 2017
Fiscal 2014 Performance-based Restricted Share Awards74,702
$78
April 2017
Other Service-based Restricted Share Awards23,637
$60
April 2019 - January 2020
Total175,886
  
As of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, there was $1.4$8.0 million, in the aggregate, of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested restricted share units,awards, which have been granted to employees but have not yet vested.vested, including the Fiscal 2015 performance-based awards issued in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016. This expense is expected to be recognized from February 2, 2014 through March 2016.

94

Table of Contents
January 2020.
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

In addition, we grant restricted share or restricted share unit awardsshares to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee director's compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period. As of February 1, 2014, less than 0.1 million of such awards were outstanding and unvested.
Prior to and including the December 2003 grants under our previous share incentive plans, we typically granted stock options to employees at certain times as determined by our Board of Directors or our compensation committee. These stock options were governed under previous plans and the individual agreements with respect to provisions relating to exercise, termination and forfeiture. Stock options were typically granted with an exercise price equal to the share's fair market value on the date of grant. The previously granted stock options had ten-year terms and vested and became exercisable in increments of 20% on each anniversary from the date of grant. The last stock options granted by us vested in Fiscal 2008 and expired in Fiscal 2013, if not previously exercised, resulting in no remaining stock options outstanding as of February 1, 2014. There was no material stock option activity or financial statement impact related to stock options during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
There were 0.5 million shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of February 1, 2014.January 30, 2016. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that date. StockEquity compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was $0.1$0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in each of Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011.2013, respectively.
Preferred Stock
We had 30 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 or February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)
The following table details the changes in our accumulated other comprehensive loss by component (in thousands), net of related income taxes during Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011.

2013.

9587

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

 Foreign 
currency 
translation 
gain (loss)
Net unrealized 
gain (loss) on 
cash flow 
hedges
Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)
Balance, January 29, 2011$(23,776)$(43)$(23,819)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications(381)(30)(411)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for loss realized
556
556
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes(381)526
145
Balance, January 28, 2012(24,157)483
(23,674)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications171
(1,976)(1,805)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for loss realized
894
894
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes171
(1,082)(911)
Balance, February 2, 2013(23,986)(599)(24,585)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications703
357
1,060
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for gain realized
(93)(93)
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes703
264
967
Balance, February 1, 2014$(23,283)$(335)$(23,618)
 Foreign 
currency 
translation 
gain (loss)
Net unrealized 
gain (loss) on 
cash flow 
hedges
Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)
Balance, February 2, 2013$(23,986)$(599)$(24,585)
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes703
264
967
Balance, February 1, 2014(23,283)(335)(23,618)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes(7,617)1,081
(6,536)
Balance, January 31, 2015(30,900)746
(30,154)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes24,071
(746)23,325
Balance, January 30, 2016$(6,829)$
$(6,829)
Substantially all the change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during Fiscal 2015 resulted from the sale of our discontinued operations as the related amounts previously classified in accumulated other comprehensive loss were recognized in net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes in our consolidated statement of operations. No material amounts of accumulated other comprehensive loss were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into our consolidated statements of operations during Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the remaining balance in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of January 30, 2016 relates to our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Japan and Australia.

Note 8. Income Taxes
The following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes related to continuing operations (in thousands):
 Fiscal  
 2015
Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes:   
Domestic$96,512
$94,607
$101,986
Foreign(1,456)(5,024)(9,614)
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes$95,056
$89,583
$92,372
    
Income taxes:   
Current:   
Federal$33,205
$33,552
$31,322
State4,789
4,865
4,111
Foreign138
516
161
 38,132
38,933
35,594
Deferred—primarily Federal(1,508)(3,071)1,382
Deferred—Foreign(105)(76)(32)
Income taxes$36,519
$35,786
$36,944

9688

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011
Earnings before income taxes:   
Domestic$98,476
$63,429
$39,880
Foreign(17,975)(12,540)3,644
Earnings before income taxes$80,501
$50,889
$43,524
Current:   
Federal$30,190
$21,682
$8,306
State3,911
2,365
652
Foreign423
(724)285
 34,524
23,323
9,243
Deferred—primarily Federal1,343
(3,271)5,385
Deferred—Foreign(657)(480)(347)
Income taxes$35,210
$19,572
$14,281
Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:
Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011
Fiscal  
 2015
Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Statutory tax rate35.0 %35.0 %35.0 %35.0 %35.0%35.0 %
State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit3.1 %3.0 %2.3 %3.3 %3.0%2.8 %
Impact of foreign operations(1)2.6 %3.3 %(1.9)%0.6 %1.1%1.3 %
Valuation allowance against foreign losses and other carryforwards(2)4.5 %4.1 %(0.1)%0.3 %0.8%1.5 %
Change in contingency reserves related to unrecognized tax benefits %(3.7)%(1.2)%
Change in assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings %(1.9)% %
Other, net(1.5)%(1.3)%(1.3)%(0.8)%%(0.6)%
Effective tax rate for continuing operations43.7 %38.5 %32.8 %38.4 %39.9%40.0 %
(1) Impact of foreign operations primarily reflects the rate differential between the United States and the respective foreign jurisdictions on foreign losses, and the impact of any permanent differences.
(2) Valuation allowance against foreign losses primarily reflects the valuation allowance recognized due to our inability to recognize an income tax benefit related to certain operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets during the period.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 January 30,
2016
January 31,
2015
Deferred Tax Assets:  
Inventories$16,610
$15,385
Accrued compensation and benefits14,287
11,725
Receivable allowances and reserves2,601
2,419
Depreciation and amortization
480
Deferred rent and lease obligations5,981
3,444
Operating loss and other carry-forwards3,455
3,987
Other, net2,559
1,408
Deferred tax assets45,493
38,848
Deferred Tax Liabilities:  
Depreciation and amortization(2,689)
Acquired intangible assets(41,683)(39,574)
Deferred tax liabilities(44,372)(39,574)
Valuation allowance(4,553)(4,317)
Net deferred tax liability$(3,432)$(5,043)

As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 our operating loss and other carry-forwards primarily relate to our operations in Hong Kong, Japan and Canada, and the majority of these operating loss carry-forwards allow for carry-forward of at least 20 years. Substantially all of our valuation allowance of $4.6 million and $4.3 million as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, relates to the foreign operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets in those jurisdictions. The recent history of operating losses in these jurisdictions is considered significant negative evidence against the realizability of these tax benefits. The amount of the valuation allowance considered necessary, however, could decrease in the future if our historical operating results or estimates of future taxable operating results increase, particularly if, in future years, objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present.


9789

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

 February 1,
2014
February 2,
2013
Deferred Tax Assets:  
Inventories$14,674
$13,592
Accrued compensation and benefits7,993
9,868
Receivable allowances and reserves2,187
2,727
Depreciation and amortization951
1,328
Non-current liabilities609
706
Deferred rent and lease obligations3,315
2,093
Operating loss and other carryforwards6,730
3,934
Other, net1,442
787
Deferred tax assets37,901
35,035
Deferred Tax Liabilities:  
Acquired intangible assets(43,364)(42,827)
Deferred tax liabilities(43,364)(42,827)
Valuation allowance(6,831)(3,641)
Net deferred tax liability$(12,294)$(11,433)

The valuation allowance of $6.8 million and $3.6 million primarily relates to foreign operating losses for which a valuation allowance has been determined appropriate based on historical operating results in those foreign jurisdictions. As of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, we had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of $6.0 million and $6.1 million, respectively. No deferred tax liabilityliabilities related to theseour original investments in our foreign subsidiaries and foreign earnings, if any, waswere recorded at either balance sheet date, as thesubstantially all our original investments and earnings ofrelated to our foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested outside of the United States. The amount of deferred tax liability not recognized on permanently reinvested earnings that would be payable if the earnings were repatriated to the United States is $0.5 million. We also consider the original investment in our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of February 1, 2014. BecauseFurther, because the financial basis in each foreign entity does not exceed the tax basis by an amount exceeding undistributed earnings, no additional United States tax would be due if the original investment were to be repatriated.repatriated in the future. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, we had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of $4.7 million and $5.4 million, respectively, which were considered permanently reinvested. These undistributed earnings could become subject to United States taxes if they are remitted as dividends or as a result of certain other types of intercompany transactions, but the amount of taxes payable upon remittance would not be significant after considering any foreign tax credit.
Accounting for income taxes requires that individual tax-paying entitieswe offset all current deferred tax liabilities and assets within each particular tax jurisdiction and present them as a single amount in our consolidated balance sheets. A similar procedure is followed forsheets, with all net deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities by jurisdiction recognized as non-current deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities and assets.in our consolidated balance sheets. Amounts disclosed in differentthe prior year as current deferred tax jurisdictions cannot be offset against each other.assets or liabilities have been reclassified to non-current deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities to conform to the current year presentation. The amounts of deferred income taxes included in the following line items in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):
 February 1,
2014
February 2,
2013
Assets:  
Deferred tax assets$20,465
$22,952
Liabilities:  
Deferred tax liabilities(32,759)(34,385)
Net deferred tax liability$(12,294)$(11,433)
A summary of unrecognized tax benefits for the most recent three years is as follows (in thousands):
 January 30,
2016
January 31,
2015
Assets:  
Deferred tax assets$225
$118
Liabilities:  
Deferred tax liabilities(3,657)(5,161)
Net deferred tax liability$(3,432)$(5,043)


98

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011
Balance at beginning of year$351
$2,461
$2,921
Additions for current year tax positions17
245
13
Expiration of the statute of limitation for the assessment of taxes(23)(2,195)(604)
Additions for tax positions of prior year6
5
133
Reductions for tax positions of prior year
(138)(2)
Settlements
(27)
Balance at end of year$351
$351
$2,461
The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective rate. The net impact on our consolidated statements of earnings for potential penalty and interest expense related to these unrecognized tax benefits was not material in Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011. As of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, no material amounts of liabilities for potential penalties and interest related to uncertain tax positions have been recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.
Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans
We have a tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plan covering substantially all full-time United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a participant decides to contribute, a portion of the contribution is matched by us. Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. Our aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 20112013 was $3.3 million, $2.9 million $3.0 million and $2.5$2.6 million, respectively.
Note 10. Operating GroupsRelated Party Transactions
Our businessSunTrust
Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, one of our directors, is primarily operated throughCorporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc. ("SunTrust"). In addition, Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothesformer Chairman and Ben Sherman. We identify our operating groups basedChief Executive Officer, served on the wayboard of directors of SunTrust from 2003 until his retirement from that position in April 2012.
We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which SunTrust serves as agent and lender and a SunTrust affiliate acted as lead arranger and book runner in connection with our management organizes the componentsFiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 refinancings of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.
Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products.credit facility. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our Tommy Bahama stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories.
Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. Lilly Pulitzer was originally created in the late 1950's and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.
Lanier Clothes designs, sources and markets branded and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands include Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar. Additionally, we design and market products for our

9990

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10. Operating GroupsRelated Party Transactions (Continued)

owned Billy London, Arnold Brantservices provided and Oxford Republic brands. fees paid to SunTrust in connection with such services for each period are set forth below (in thousands):
ServiceFiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Interest and agent fees for our credit facility$459
$606
$696
Cash management services$90
$92
$92
Lead arranger, book runner and upfront fees$
$
$254
Other$56
$9
$6
Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business. Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues during the periods presented or 1% of SunTrust's gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
Contingent Consideration Agreement
In additionconnection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in December 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which the beneficial owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designsacquisition were entitled to earn up to an additional $20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The potential contingent consideration was comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and sources private label tailored clothing productsFiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations were entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations were entitled to receive up to $10 million.
Mr. Scott A. Beaumont, one of our executive officers who was appointed CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group, in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, together with various trusts for the benefit of certain customers. Our Lanier Clothes products are soldfamily members, held a 50% ownership interest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers, warehouse clubsthe acquisition. The principals who owned the Lilly Pulitzer brand and discount retailers throughoutoperations prior to the United States.acquisition managed the Lilly Pulitzer operations through March 2016.
Ben ShermanAs a result of Lilly Pulitzer exceeding the earnings targets specified in the contingent consideration agreement, the maximum $20 million amount was earned in full. As of January 30, 2016, all amounts related to contingent consideration had been paid with no remaining obligations pursuant to the contingent consideration arrangement.
Note 11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)
Each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen week periods, beginning on the first day after the end of the prior fiscal quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2017) includes 14 weeks. Following is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in markets throughout the world. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operationssummary of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups, including our Oxford GolfFiscal 2015 and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to our operating groups.
The tables below present certain information about our operating groupsFiscal 2014, quarterly results (in thousands)thousands, except per share amounts):

 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Total
Fiscal 2015     
Net sales$260,394
$250,689
$198,624
$259,583
$969,290
Gross profit$154,392
$151,086
$107,889
$144,738
$558,105
Operating income (loss)$35,483
$34,746
$(1,166)$28,451
$97,514
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations$21,323
$21,050
$(1,390)$17,554
$58,537
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes$(4,068)$(23,070)$(754)$(83)$(27,975)
Net earnings (loss)$17,255
$(2,020)$(2,144)$17,471
$30,562

10091

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)


 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Net sales   
Tommy Bahama$584,941
$528,639
$452,156
Lilly Pulitzer137,943
122,592
94,495
Lanier Clothes109,530
107,272
108,771
Ben Sherman67,218
81,922
91,435
Corporate and Other17,465
15,117
12,056
Total$917,097
$855,542
$758,913
Depreciation and Amortization of Intangible Assets   
Tommy Bahama$24,806
$18,551
$19,460
Lilly Pulitzer3,215
2,402
2,002
Lanier Clothes347
421
427
Ben Sherman3,154
2,889
2,638
Corporate and Other2,380
2,072
2,627
Total$33,902
$26,335
$27,154
Operating Income (Loss)   
Tommy Bahama$72,207
$69,454
$64,171
Lilly Pulitzer25,951
20,267
14,278
Lanier Clothes10,828
10,840
12,862
Ben Sherman(13,131)(10,898)(2,535)
Corporate and Other(11,185)(20,692)(19,969)
Total operating income84,670
68,971
68,807
Interest expense, net4,169
8,939
16,266
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
9,143
9,017
Earnings from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes$80,501
$50,889
$43,524
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share:     
Basic$1.30
$1.28
$(0.08)$1.07
$3.56
Diluted$1.29
$1.27
$(0.08)$1.06
$3.54
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:     
Basic$(0.25)$(1.40)$(0.05)$(0.01)$(1.70)
Diluted$(0.25)$(1.39)$(0.05)$(0.01)$(1.69)
Net earnings (loss) per share:     
Basic$1.05
$(0.12)$(0.13)$1.06
$1.86
Diluted$1.04
$(0.12)$(0.13)$1.05
$1.85
Weighted average shares outstanding:     
Basic16,445
16,451
16,457
16,466
16,456
Diluted16,525
16,547
16,457
16,600
16,559
Fiscal 2014     
Net sales$242,566
$227,550
$201,178
$249,031
$920,325
Gross profit$140,372
$136,271
$103,865
$137,441
$517,949
Operating income$32,733
$29,559
$4,388
$26,139
$92,819
Net earnings from continuing operations$19,058
$17,289
$1,772
$15,678
$53,797
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes$(4,089)$(2,220)$(1,846)$116
$(8,039)
Net earnings (loss)$14,969
$15,069
$(74)$15,794
$45,758
Net earnings from continuing operations per share:     
Basic$1.16
$1.05
$0.11
$0.95
$3.27
Diluted$1.16
$1.05
$0.11
$0.95
$3.27
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:     
Basic$(0.25)$(0.14)$(0.11)$0.01
$(0.49)
Diluted$(0.25)$(0.13)$(0.11)$0.01
$(0.49)
Net earnings (loss) per share:     
Basic$0.91
$0.92
$
$0.96
$2.79
Diluted$0.91
$0.92
$
$0.96
$2.78
Weighted average shares outstanding:     
Basic16,418
16,425
16,435
16,440
16,429
Diluted16,450
16,460
16,435
16,502
16,471
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Purchases of Property and Equipment   
Tommy Bahama$30,810
$46,392
$24,686
Lilly Pulitzer10,343
4,576
3,228
Lanier Clothes30
593
85
Ben Sherman1,137
3,997
4,220
Corporate and Other1,052
5,144
3,091
Total$43,372
$60,702
$35,310

The sum of the quarterly net earnings (loss) per share amounts may not equal the amounts for the full year due to rounding. The fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 included a LIFO accounting charge of $0.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

10192

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)


Note 12. Discontinued Operations
On July 17, 2015, we entered into a sale and purchase agreement with an unrelated party pursuant to which we sold 100% of the equity interests of our Ben Sherman business, consisting of Ben Sherman Limited and its subsidiaries and Ben Sherman Clothing LLC, for £40.8 million. The final purchase price received by us was subject to adjustment based on, among other things, the actual debt and net working capital of the Ben Sherman business on the closing date, which was finalized during February 2016. We do not anticipate significant operations or earnings related to the discontinued operations in future periods, with cash flow attributable to discontinued operations in future periods primarily limited to the post-closing purchase price adjustment of $2.0 million which was paid in February 2016 and amounts associated with certain retained lease obligations. The estimated lease liability of $4.6 million represents our best estimate of the net loss anticipated with respect to certain retained lease obligations, however, the ultimate loss remains uncertain as the amount of any sub-lease income is dependent upon negotiated terms of any sub-lease agreements entered into for the spaces in the future.

In connection with the Ben Sherman disposal transaction we, among other things, entered into a transitional services agreement with the purchaser pursuant to which we and our subsidiaries are providing, in exchange for various fees, certain transitional support services (primarily in the United States) to the purchaser in connection with its operation of the Ben Sherman business following the transaction. The duration of the transitional services vary but are expected to cease during Fiscal 2016.

We have not classified as discontinued operations any corporate or shared service expenses historically charged to Ben Sherman which we determined may not be eliminated as a result of its disposal or offset by any transitional services income amounts. Recognizing these expenses and income as continuing operations in Corporate and Other reflects the uncertainty of whether there will be a reduction in such corporate or shared service expenses in the future as a result of the sale of Ben Sherman as well as the uncertainty regarding the term of any transitional services income. Interest expense under our prior U.K. revolving credit agreement, which was satisfied in connection with the transaction, is the only interest expense included in discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements as this represents the interest expense directly attributable to the discontinued operations.

The following represents major classes of assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations included in our consolidated balance sheets as of the following dates (in thousands):
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
Total Assets  
Tommy Bahama$408,599
$359,462
Lilly Pulitzer101,704
90,873
Lanier Clothes39,989
28,455
Ben Sherman79,299
74,055
Corporate and Other(2,286)3,225
Total$627,305
$556,070
 January 30, 2016January 31, 2015
Receivables, net$
$14,517
Inventories, net
27,602
Other current assets, net
6,004
Property and equipment, net
9,037
Intangible assets, net
21,635
Other non-current assets, net
1,075
Total assets$
$79,870
   
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses$2,394
$13,253
Short-term debt
4,126
Non-current liabilities4,571
1,826
Deferred income taxes
3,745
Total liabilities$6,965
$22,950
   
Net (liabilities) assets$(6,965)$56,920
Net book value



93

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)




Operating results of our property and equipment, by geographic area is presentedthe discontinued operations are shown below (in thousands):
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Net sales$28,081
$77,481
$67,218
Cost of goods sold17,414
40,751
35,124
Gross profit$10,667
$36,730
$32,094
SG&A20,698
50,130
48,816
Royalties and other operating income1,919
4,184
5,080
Operating loss$(8,112)$(9,216)$(11,642)
Interest expense, net146
247
229
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes$(8,258)$(9,463)$(11,871)
Income taxes(800)(1,424)(1,734)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes$(7,458)$(8,039)$(10,137)
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes(20,517)

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes$(27,975)$(8,039)$(10,137)
Certain information pertaining to depreciation and amortization as well as capital expenditures associated with our discontinued operations has been included below (in thousands):
 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Depreciation and amortization (1)$667
$3,082
$3,154
Capital expenditures$660
$4,290
$1,137
(1) For Fiscal 2015, amounts reflect expense recognized prior to classification as held for sale, which occurred on March 24, 2015. No expense for depreciation or amortization was recognized in our consolidated statements of operations subsequent to qualifying as held for sale.


94



SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
United States$124,894
$115,022
United Kingdom and Europe7,086
8,140
Other foreign9,539
5,720
Total$141,519
$128,882
Column AColumn BColumn C Column D Column E
Description
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe
Deductions–
Describe
 
Balance at
End of
Period
 (In thousands)
Fiscal 2015      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$8,265
$10,288

$(10,151)(3)$8,402
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)571
8

(125)(4)$454
Fiscal 2014      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$8,343
$9,952

$(10,030)(3)$8,265
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)374
392

(195)(4)$571
Fiscal 2013      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$9,438
$10,276

$(11,371)(3)$8,343
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)517
(235)
92
(4)$374


(1)Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(2)Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(3)Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.

(4)Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.

95



Net sales recognized
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has adopted ASU 2015-17 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oxford Industries, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated March 28, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 28, 2016


96
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
United States$843,620
$793,289
$691,945
United Kingdom and Europe45,488
51,536
62,671
Other foreign27,989
10,717
4,297
Total$917,097
$855,542
$758,913



Note 11. Related Party Transactions
SunTrust
SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("SunTrust") is one of our principal shareholders, with the ability to direct the voting of approximately 5%Item 9.    of our outstanding common stock at December 31, 2013. SunTrust has advised us that it is holding these shares of our common stockChanges in various fiduciary and agency capacities. Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, one of our directors, is Chairman, PresidentDisagreements with Accountants on Accounting and CEO of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta/Georgia Division and Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.Financial Disclosure
We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which SunTrust serves as agent and lender and a SunTrust affiliate acted as lead arranger and bookrunner in connection with our Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 refinancings of our credit facility. The services provided and fees paid to SunTrust in connection with such services for each period are set forth below (in thousands):
ServiceFiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Interest and agent fees for our credit facility$696
$569
$234
Cash management services$92
$106
$151
Lead arranger, bookrunner and upfront fees$254
$616
$
Other$6
$9
$7

102

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business. Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues during the periods presented or 1% of SunTrust's gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
In addition, Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our Chairman and retired Chief Executive Officer, served on the board of directors of SunTrust from 2003 until his retirement from that position in April 2012.
Contingent Consideration Agreement
In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations during Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which the beneficial owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition are entitled to earn up to an additional $20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The potential contingent consideration is comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $10 million.
Mr. Scott A. Beaumont, one of our executive officers who was appointed CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group, in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, together with various trusts for the benefit of certain family members, held a 50% ownership interest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition. The principals who owned the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition continue to manage the Lilly Pulitzer operations.
During Fiscal 2012, we paid the maximum $2.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011. During Fiscal 2012, we entered into an amendment to the contingent consideration agreement. Under this amendment, after consideration of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings through the date of the amendment and the substantial likelihood that the $2.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of Lilly Pulitzer's operating results for Fiscal 2012 would become payable, we paid the $2.5 million Fiscal 2012 contingent consideration amount, less a discount, during Fiscal 2012. No changes to earnings targets or other terms of the agreement resulted from this amendment.
Based on the Fiscal 2013 Lilly Pulitzer earnings, the maximum $2.5 million contingent consideration amount has been earned and is classified in current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014. We anticipate payment of this amount in the first quarter of Fiscal 2014. Further, based on the Lilly Pulitzer earnings through Fiscal 2013 and the required earnings in Fiscal 2014, we anticipate that the remaining $12.5 million of the contingent consideration will be earned and paid.None.
Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)
Each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen week periods, beginning on the first day after the end of the prior fiscal quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2012) includes 14 weeks. Following is a summary of our Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts):

103

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited) (Continued)

 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Total
Fiscal 2013     
Net sales$234,203
$235,024
$197,506
$250,364
$917,097
Gross profit$134,075
$136,849
$104,785
$137,865
$513,574
Operating income$26,061
$27,712
$4,551
$26,346
$84,670
Net earnings$13,623
$15,806
$889
$14,973
$45,291
Net earnings per share:     
Basic and diluted$0.82
$0.96
$0.05
$0.91
$2.75
Weighted average shares outstanding:     
Basic16,586
16,394
16,406
16,414
16,450
Diluted16,611
16,423
16,435
16,444
16,482
      
Fiscal 2012     
Net sales$230,953
$206,929
$181,414
$236,246
$855,542
Gross profit$129,214
$118,280
$96,822
$125,241
$469,557
Operating income$32,788
$20,318
$5,920
$9,945
$68,971
Net earnings$18,002
$5,028
$3,010
$5,277
$31,317
Net earnings per share:     
Basic and diluted$1.09
$0.30
$0.18
$0.32
$1.89
Weighted average shares outstanding:     
Basic16,531
16,554
16,580
16,585
16,563
Diluted16,552
16,570
16,591
16,608
16,586
The sum of the quarterly net earnings per share amounts may not equal the amounts for the full year due to rounding. Fiscal 2012 includes 53 weeks, with the fourth quarter including a 14 week period. Fiscal 2013 includes 52 weeks with the fourth quarter including a 13 week period.
The fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013 included a gain on sale of property of $1.6 million. During the second quarter and third quarter of Fiscal 2013, we recognized charges of $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, resulting from the inventory step-up related to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition. During the second, third and fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013, we recognized charges of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, related to amortization of intangible assets resulting from the purchase accounting impact of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.
The second quarter of Fiscal 2012 included a $9.1 million loss on the redemption of our Senior Secured Notes, while the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012 included the following significant items which impacted earnings for the quarter: (1) a LIFO accounting charge of $4.5 million; and (2) a $4.5 million charge due to the change in fair value of contingent consideration, compared to a $0.6 million charge in each of the first three quarters in Fiscal 2012 and each quarter in Fiscal 2011.







104

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Column AColumn BColumn C Column D Column E
Description
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe
Deductions–
Describe
 
Balance at
End of
Period
 (In thousands)
Fiscal 2013      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$11,094
$11,245

$(12,655)(3)$9,684
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)1,005
(406)
42
(4)641
Fiscal 2012      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$8,429
$11,238

$(8,573)(3)$11,094
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)1,980
132

(1,107)(4)1,005
Fiscal 2011      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$9,178
$8,612

$(9,361)(3)$8,429
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)2,559


(579)(4)1,980


(1)Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(2)Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(3)Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.

(4)Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.


105

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oxford Industries, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated March 31, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2014



106

Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in our Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 20132015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and a written code of conduct. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2014.January 30, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forthupdated framework issued bythe Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992)(2013). Based on this assessment, we believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 1, 2014.January 30, 2016.
Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, and its report thereon is included herein.
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III /s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER
Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
K. Scott Grassmyer
 SeniorExecutive Vice President—President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)
March 31, 201428, 2016 March 31, 201428, 2016

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
Because of their inherent limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system's objectives will be met.

10797

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.

We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.’s (the Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992(2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Oxford Industries, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2014,January 30, 2016, based onthe COSO criteria.criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the fiscal 2013 consolidated financialbalance sheets as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016 of Oxford Industries, Inc., and our report dated March 31, 201428, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2014


28, 2016


10898

Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information
On March 25, 2014, our Board of Directors amended the Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc. to clarify the responsibilities and authority of our Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary and Assistant Secretary functions, as well as our Chief Executive Officer's role in specifying the duties that may be assigned to our Vice President officer roles. The Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended by our Board of Directors on March 25, 2014, are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 3.2 and are incorporated in this Item 9B by reference.None.


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the members of our Board of Directors as of February 1, 2014:January 30, 2016:
NamePrincipal Occupation
Helen BallardMs. Ballard founded a design and consulting agency, Helen Ballard LLC, in 2015. Previously, Ms. Ballard founded Ballard Designs, Inc., a home furnishing catalog business, and was its Chief Executive Officer until her retirement in 2002.
Thomas C. Chubb IIIMr. Chubb is our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President.
Thomas C. GallagherMr. Gallagher is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Genuine Parts Company, a distributor of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials.
George C. GuynnMr. Guynn was President and CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta until his retirement in 2006.
John R. HolderMr. Holder is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Holder Properties, a commercial and residential real estate development, leasing and management company.
J. Hicks LanierMr. Lanier is our Chairman and was our Chief Executive Officer until his retirement on December 31, 2012.
J. Reese LanierMr. Lanier was self-employed in farming and related businesses until his retirement in 2009.
Dennis M. LoveMr. Love is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Printpack Inc., a manufacturer of flexible and specialty rigid packaging.
Clarence H. SmithMr. Smith is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc., a home furnishings retailer.
Clyde C. TuggleMr. Tuggle is Senior Vice President and Chief Public Affairs and Communications Officer of The Coca-Cola Company.
Helen B. WeeksMs. Weeks founded Ballard Designs, Inc., a home furnishing catalog business, and was its Chief Executive Officer until her retirement in 2002.
E. Jenner Wood IIIMr. Wood is Chairman, President and CEO of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta / Georgia Division and Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of February 1, 2014:January 30, 2016:
NamePosition Held
Thomas C. Chubb IIIChairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Scott A. BeaumontCEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group
Thomas E. CampbellSeniorExecutive Vice President - Law and Administration, General Counsel and Secretary
K. Scott GrassmyerSeniorExecutive Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
J. Wesley Howard, Jr. President, Lanier ClothesApparel
Terry R. PillowCEO, Tommy Bahama Group
Additional information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Directors," "Executive Officers," "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Website Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director Candidates by

109

Table of Contents

Shareholders," and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Board Meetings and Committees of our Board of Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating,

99



Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Audit-Related Matters—Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Audit-Related Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

        (a)    1.  Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2014January 30, 2016 and February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015.

Consolidated Statements of EarningsOperations for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011.2013.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011.2013.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011.2013.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011.2013.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Fiscal 2013,2015, Fiscal 20122014 and Fiscal 2011.2013.
                 2.     Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.
(b)   Exhibits

110100

Table of Contents


2.1
Agreement for the Sale and Purchase Agreement,of the Entire Issued Share Capital of Ben Sherman Limited and 100% of the Limited Liability Company Interests in Ben Sherman Clothing LLC, dated as of November 22, 2010, among LF USA Inc., Oxford Industries, Inc., Piedmont Apparel Corporation, Tommy Bahama International, Pte. Ltd.July 17, 2015, between the Company and Oxford Product (International)Ben Sherman UK Acquisition Limited. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on NovemberJuly 22, 2010.
2.2
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other sellers party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2010.2015.
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003.
3.2
Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended.* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2014.
10.1
Executive Medical Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2005.†
10.2
Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 26, 2009. Incorporated24, 2015.Incorporated by reference to Appendix AExhibit 10.2 to the Company's Proxy StatementForm 10-K for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 15, 2009, filed on May 11, 2009.the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.
10.3
Form of Terms and Conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Program for Fiscal 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2012.†
10.4
Form of Terms and Conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Share UnitEquity Award Program for Fiscal 2013.Agreement (Fiscal 2014 Performance-Based). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2013.4, 2014.
10.5
Earnout Agreement, dated as
Form of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other parties thereto. Incorporated Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.2010.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.8-K filed April 4, 2014.†
10.6
First Amendment to Earnout Agreement, dated asForm of December 19, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide LLC, and SWI Holdings, Inc., on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sellers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013. Performance Equity Award Agreement (Fiscal 2015 Performance Based).†*
10.7
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and between Sugartown Worldwide, Inc. and Scott A. Beaumont. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.†
10.8
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.
10.910.8
Third Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the other Grantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.
10.1010.9
First Amendment, dated November 21, 2013, to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2013.
10.1110.10
Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective June 13, 2012). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 27, 2012.†
10.12
Compromise Agreement, dated November 12, 2012, by and between Ben Sherman Group Limited and Panayiotis Philippou. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013.†
10.13
Executive Post-Retirement Benefits Agreement, dated December 31, 2012, by and between Oxford Industries, Inc. and J. Hicks Lanier. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013.†
10.1410.11
Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, effective March 27, 2013). Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 19, 2013, filed on May 17, 2013.†
21
List of Subsidiaries.*
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
24
Powers of Attorney.*
31.1
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

111

Table of Contents

32
Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.*
101INS
XBRL Instance Document
101SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document



101



*Filed herewith
Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.
We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt of ours omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.
Shareholders may obtain copies of Exhibits without charge upon written request to the Corporate Secretary, Oxford Industries, Inc., 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.

112102

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.
 Oxford Industries, Inc.
 By:/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III
  
Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: March 31, 201428, 2016
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignatureCapacityDate
    
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III
Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer) and
Director
 
Thomas C. Chubb IIIMarch 31, 201428, 2016
/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER
SeniorExecutive Vice President - Finance, Chief
Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
 
K. Scott GrassmyerMarch 31, 201428, 2016
*
Helen BallardDirectorMarch 28, 2016
*  
Thomas C. GallagherDirectorMarch 31, 201428, 2016
*  
George C. GuynnDirectorMarch 31, 201428, 2016
*  
John R. HolderDirectorMarch 31, 2014
*
J. Hicks LanierDirectorMarch 31, 201428, 2016
*  
J. Reese LanierDirectorMarch 31, 201428, 2016
*  
Dennis M. LoveDirectorMarch 31, 201428, 2016
*  
Clarence H. SmithDirectorMarch 31, 201428, 2016
*  
Clyde C. TuggleDirectorMarch 31, 2014
Helen B. WeeksDirector28, 2016
*  
E. Jenner Wood IIIDirectorMarch 31, 201428, 2016
    
*By/s/ THOMAS E. CAMPBELL  
 
Thomas E. Campbell
 as Attorney-in-Fact
  

113103